summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old')
-rw-r--r--old/gryrm10.txt8066
-rw-r--r--old/gryrm10.zipbin0 -> 152353 bytes
2 files changed, 8066 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/old/gryrm10.txt b/old/gryrm10.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f856b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/gryrm10.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8066 @@
+The Project Gutenberg Etext of The Grey Room, by Eden Phillpotts
+
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to check
+the copyright laws for your country before posting these files!!
+
+Please take a look at the important information in this header.
+We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an
+electronic path open for the next readers. Do not remove this.
+
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*These Etexts Prepared By Hundreds of Volunteers and Donations*
+
+Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and
+further information is included below. We need your donations.
+Project Gutenberg surfs with a modem donated by Supra.
+
+
+The Grey Room
+
+by Eden Phillpotts
+
+December, 1998 [Etext #1577]
+[This file was first posted on August 27, 1998]
+[Date last updated: June 21, 2005]
+
+
+The Project Gutenberg Etext of The Grey Room, by Eden Phillpotts
+******This file should be named gryrm10.txt or gryrm10.zip******
+
+Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, gryrm11.txt
+VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, gryrm10a.txt
+
+
+Project Gutenberg Etexts are usually created from multiple editions,
+all of which are in the Public Domain in the United States, unless a
+copyright notice is included. Therefore, we do NOT keep these books
+in compliance with any particular paper edition, usually otherwise.
+
+
+We are now trying to release all our books one month in advance
+of the official release dates, for time for better editing.
+
+Please note: neither this list nor its contents are final till
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so. To be sure you have an
+up to date first edition [xxxxx10x.xxx] please check file sizes
+in the first week of the next month. Since our ftp program has
+a bug in it that scrambles the date [tried to fix and failed] a
+look at the file size will have to do, but we will try to see a
+new copy has at least one byte more or less.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The
+fifty hours is one conservative estimate for how long it we take
+to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This
+projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
+million dollars per hour this year as we release thirty-two text
+files per month, or 384 more Etexts in 1998 for a total of 1500+
+If these reach just 10% of the computerized population, then the
+total should reach over 150 billion Etexts given away.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext
+Files by the December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000=Trillion]
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is only 10% of the present number of computer users. 2001
+should have at least twice as many computer users as that, so it
+will require us reaching less than 5% of the users in 2001.
+
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+
+All donations should be made to "Project Gutenberg/CMU": and are
+tax deductible to the extent allowable by law. (CMU = Carnegie-
+Mellon University).
+
+For these and other matters, please mail to:
+
+Project Gutenberg
+P. O. Box 2782
+Champaign, IL 61825
+
+When all other email fails try our Executive Director:
+Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
+
+We would prefer to send you this information by email
+(Internet, Bitnet, Compuserve, ATTMAIL or MCImail).
+
+******
+If you have an FTP program (or emulator), please
+FTP directly to the Project Gutenberg archives:
+[Mac users, do NOT point and click. . .type]
+
+ftp uiarchive.cso.uiuc.edu
+login: anonymous
+password: your@login
+cd etext/etext90 through /etext96
+or cd etext/articles [get suggest gut for more information]
+dir [to see files]
+get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files]
+GET INDEX?00.GUT
+for a list of books
+and
+GET NEW GUT for general information
+and
+MGET GUT* for newsletters.
+
+**Information prepared by the Project Gutenberg legal advisor**
+(Three Pages)
+
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
+you can distribute copies of this etext if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-
+tm etexts, is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor
+Michael S. Hart through the Project Gutenberg Association at
+Carnegie-Mellon University (the "Project"). Among other
+things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext
+under the Project's "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] the Project (and any other party you may receive this
+etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from. If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold the Project, its directors,
+officers, members and agents harmless from all liability, cost
+and expense, including legal fees, that arise directly or
+indirectly from any of the following that you do or cause:
+[1] distribution of this etext, [2] alteration, modification,
+or addition to the etext, or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this
+ requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+ etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however,
+ if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable
+ binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+ including any form resulting from conversion by word pro-
+ cessing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+ *EITHER*:
+
+ [*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+ does *not* contain characters other than those
+ intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+ (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+ be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+ author, and additional characters may be used to
+ indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+ [*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at
+ no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+ form by the program that displays the etext (as is
+ the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+ OR
+
+ [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+ no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+ etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+ or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this
+ "Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Project of 20% of the
+ net profits you derive calculated using the method you
+ already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you
+ don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are
+ payable to "Project Gutenberg Association/Carnegie-Mellon
+ University" within the 60 days following each
+ date you prepare (or were legally required to prepare)
+ your annual (or equivalent periodic) tax return.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions in money, time,
+scanning machines, OCR software, public domain etexts, royalty
+free copyright licenses, and every other sort of contribution
+you can think of. Money should be paid to "Project Gutenberg
+Association / Carnegie-Mellon University".
+
+*END*THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.04.29.93*END*
+
+
+
+
+
+THE GREY ROOM
+
+by Eden Phillpotts
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+CHAPTER
+ I. THE HOUSE PARTY
+ II. AN EXPERIMENT
+ III. AT THE ORIEL
+ IV. "BY THE HAND OF GOD"
+ V. THE UNSEEN MOVES
+ VI. THE ORDER FROM LONDON
+ VII. THE FANATIC
+ VIII. THE LABORS OF THE FOUR
+ IX. THE NIGHT WATCH
+ X. SIGNOR VERGILIO MANNETTI
+ XI. PRINCE DJEM
+ XII. THE GOLDEN BULL
+ XIII. TWO NOTES
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+THE HOUSE PARTY
+
+
+The piers of the main entrance of Chadlands were of red brick, and
+upon each reposed a mighty sphere of grey granite. Behind them
+stretched away the park, where forest trees, nearly shorn of their
+leaves at the edge of winter, still answered the setting sun with
+fires of thinning foliage. They sank away through stretches of
+brake fern, and already amid their trunks arose a thin, blue
+haze--breath of earth made visible by coming cold. There was frost
+in the air, and the sickle of a new moon hung where dusk of evening
+dimmed the green of the western sky.
+
+The guns were returning, and eight men with three women arrived at
+the lofty gates. One of the party rode a grey pony, and a woman
+walked on each side of him. They chattered together, and the
+little company of tweed-clad people passed into Chadlands Park and
+trudged forward, where the manor house rose half a mile ahead.
+
+Then an old man emerged from a lodge, hidden behind a grove of
+laurel and bay within the entrance, and shut the great gates of
+scroll iron. They were of a flamboyant Italian period, and more
+arrestive than distinguished. Panelled upon them, and belonging
+to a later day than they, had been imposed two iron coats of arms,
+with crest above and motto beneath--the heraldic bearings of the
+present owner of Chadlands. He set store upon such things, but
+was not responsible for the work. A survival himself, and steeped
+in ancient opinions, his coat, won in a forgotten age, interested
+him only less than his Mutiny medal--his sole personal claim to
+public honor. He had served in youth as a soldier, but was still
+a subaltern when his father died and he came into his kingdom.
+
+Now, Sir Walter Lennox, fifth baronet, had grown old, and his
+invincible kindness of heart, his archaic principles, his great
+wealth, and the limited experiences of reality, for which such
+wealth was responsible, left him a popular and respected man. Yet
+he aroused much exasperation in local landowners from his
+generosity and scorn of all economic principles; and while his
+tenants held him the very exemplar of a landlord, and his servants
+worshipped him for the best possible reasons, his friends, weary
+of remonstrance, were forced to forgive his bad precedents and a
+mistaken liberality quite beyond the power of the average
+unfortunate who lives by his land. But he managed his great manor
+in his own lavish way, and marvelled that other men declared
+difficulties with problems he so readily solved. That night, after
+a little music, the Chadlands' house party drifted to
+the billiard-room, and while most of the men, after a heavy day
+far afield, were content to lounge by a great open hearth where a
+wood fire burned, Sir Walter, who had been on a pony most of the
+time, declared himself unwearied, and demanded a game.
+
+"No excuses, Henry," he said; and turned to a young man lounging
+in an easy-chair outside the fireside circle.
+
+The youth started. His eyes had been fixed on a woman sitting
+beside the fire, with her hand in a man's. It was such an attitude
+as sophisticated lovers would only assume in private but the pair
+were not sophisticated and lovers still, though married. They
+lacked self-consciousness, and the husband liked to feel his wife's
+hand in his. After all, a thing impossible until you are married
+may be quite seemly afterwards, and none of their amiable elders
+regarded their devotion with cynicism.
+
+"All right, uncle!" said Henry Lennox.
+
+He rose--a big fellow with heavy shoulders, a clean-shaven,
+youthful face, and flaxen hair. He had been handsome, save for a
+nose with a broken bridge, but his pale brown eyes were fine, and
+his firm mouth and chin well modelled. Imagination and reflection
+marked his countenance.
+
+Sir Walter claimed thirty points on his scoring board, and gave a
+miss with the spot ball.
+
+"I win to-night," he said.
+
+He was a small, very upright man, with a face that seemed to belong
+to his generation, and an expression seldom to be seen on a man
+younger than seventy. Life had not puzzled him; his moderate
+intellect had taken it as he found it, and, through the magic
+glasses of good health, good temper, and great wealth, judged
+existence a desirable thing and quite easy to conduct with credit.
+"You only want patience and a brain," he always declared. Sir
+Walter wore an eyeglass. He was growing bald, but preserved a pair
+of grey whiskers still of respectable size. His face, indeed,
+belied him, for it was moulded in a stern pattern. One had guessed
+him a martinet until his amiable opinions and easy-going
+personality were manifested. The old man was not vain; he knew that
+a world very different from his own extended round about him. But
+he was puzzle-headed, and had never been shaken from his life-long
+complacency by circumstances. He had been disappointed in love as
+a young man, and only married late in life. He had no son, and was
+a widower--facts that, to his mind, quite dwarfed his good fortune
+in every other respect. He held the comfortable doctrine that
+things are always levelled up, and he honestly believed that he had
+suffered as much sorrow and disappointment as any Lennox in the
+history of the race.
+
+His only child and her cousin, Henry Lennox, had been brought up
+together and were of an age--both now twenty-six. The lad was
+his uncle's heir, and would succeed to Chadlands and the title;
+and it had been Sir Walter's hope that he and Mary might marry.
+Nor had the youth any objection to such a plan. Indeed, he loved
+Mary well enough; there was even thought to be a tacit
+understanding between them, and they grew up in a friendship which
+gradually became ardent on the man's part, though it never ripened
+upon hers. But she knew that her father keenly desired this
+marriage, and supposed that it would happen some day.
+
+They were, however, not betrothed when the war burst upon Europe,
+and Henry, then one-and-twenty, went from the Officers' Training
+Corps to the Fifth Devons, while his cousin became attached to the
+Red Cross and nursed at Plymouth. The accident terminated their
+shadowy romance and brought real love into the woman's life, while
+the man found his hopes at an end. He was drafted to Mesopotamia,
+speedily fell sick of jaundice, was invalided to India, and, on
+returning to the front, saw service against the Turks. But chance
+willed that he won no distinction. He did his duty under dreary
+circumstances, while to his hatred of war was added the weight of
+his loss when he heard that Mary had fallen in love. He was an
+ingenuous, kindly youth--a typical Lennox, who had developed an
+accomplishment at Harrow and suffered for it by getting his nose
+broken when winning the heavy-weight championship of the public
+schools in his nineteenth year. In the East he still boxed, and
+after his love story was ended, the epidemic of poetry-making took
+Henry also, and he wrote a volume of harmless verse, to the
+undying amazement of his family.
+
+For Mary Lennox the war had brought a sailor husband. Captain
+Thomas May, wounded rather severely at Jutland, lost his heart to
+the plain but attractive young woman with a fine figure who nursed
+him back to strength, and, as he vowed, had saved his life. He
+was an impulsive man of thirty, brown-bearded, black-eyed, and
+hot-tempered. He came from a little Somerset vicarage and was the
+only son of a clergyman, the Rev. Septimus May. Knowing the lady
+as "Nurse Mary" only, and falling passionately in love for the
+first time in his life, he proposed on the day he was allowed to
+sit up, and since Mary Lennox shared his emotions, also for the
+first time, he was accepted before he even knew her name.
+
+It is impossible to describe the force of love's advent for Mary
+Lennox. She had come to believe herself as vaguely committed to
+her cousin, and imagined that her affection for Henry amounted to
+as much as she was ever likely to feel for a man. But reality
+awakened her, and its glory did not make her selfish, since her
+nature was not constructed so to be; it only taught her what love
+meant, and convinced her that she could never marry anybody on
+earth but the stricken sailor. And this she knew long before he
+was well enough to give a sign that he even appreciated her
+ministry. The very whisper of his voice sent a thrill through her
+before he had gained strength to speak aloud. And his deep tones,
+when she heard them, were like no voice that had fallen on her ear
+till then. The first thing that indicated restoring health was
+his request that his beard might be trimmed; and he was making love
+to her three days after he had been declared out of danger. Then
+did Mary begin to live, and looking back, she marvelled how horses
+and dogs and a fishing-rod had been her life till now. The
+revelation bewildered her and she wrote her emotions in many long
+pages to her cousin. The causes of such changes she did not indeed
+specify, but he read between the lines, and knew it was a man and
+not the war that had so altered and deepened her outlook. He had
+never done it, and he could not be angry with her now, for she had
+pretended no ardor of emotion to him. Young though he was, he
+always feared that she liked him not after the way of a lover. He
+had hoped to open her eyes some day, but it was given to another to
+do so.
+
+He felt no surprise, therefore, when news of her engagement reached
+him from herself. He wrote the letter of his life in reply, and
+was at pains to laugh at their boy-and-girl attachment, and lessen
+any regret she might feel on his account. Her father took it
+somewhat hardly at first, for he held that more than sufficient
+misfortunes, to correct the balance of prosperity in his favor,
+had already befallen him. But he was deeply attached to his
+daughter, and her magical change under the new and radiant
+revelation convinced him that she had now awakened to an emotional
+fulness of life which could only be the outward sign of love. That
+she was in love for the first time also seemed clear; but he would
+not give his consent until he had seen her lover and heard all
+there was to know about him. That, however, did not alarm Mary,
+for she believed that Thomas May must prove a spirit after Sir
+Walter's heart. And so he did. The sailor was a gentleman; he
+had proposed without the faintest notion to whom he offered his
+penniless hand, and when he did find out, was so bewildered that
+Mary assured her father she thought he would change his mind.
+
+"If I had not threatened him with disgrace and breach of promise,
+I do think he would have thrown me over," she said.
+
+And now they had been wedded for six months, and Mary sat by the
+great log fire with her hand in Tom's. The sailor was on leave,
+but expected to return to his ship at Plymouth in a day or two.
+Then his father-in-law had promised to visit the great cruiser, for
+the Navy was a service of which he knew little. Lennoxes had all
+been soldiers or clergymen since a great lawyer founded the race.
+
+The game of billiards proceeded, and Henry caught his uncle in the
+eighties and ran out with an unfinished fifteen. Then Ernest
+Travers and his wife--old and dear friends of Sir Walter--played
+a hundred up, the lady receiving half the game. Mr. Travers was a
+Suffolk man, and had fagged for Sir Walter at Eton. Their
+comradeship had lasted a lifetime, and no year passed without
+reciprocal visits. Travers also looked at life with the eyes of a
+wealthy man. He was sixty-five, pompous, large, and rubicund--a
+"backwoodsman" of a pattern obsolescent. His wife, ten years
+younger than himself, loved pleasure, but she had done more than
+her duty, in her opinion, and borne him two sons and a daughter.
+They were colorless, kind-hearted people who lived in a circle of
+others like themselves. The war had sobered them, and at an early
+stage robbed them of their younger boy.
+
+Nelly Travers won her game amid congratulations, and Tom May
+challenged another woman, a Diana, who lived for sport and had
+joined the house party with her uncle, Mr. Felix Fayre-Michell.
+But Millicent Fayre-Michell refused.
+
+"I've shot six partridges, a hare, and two pheasants to-day," said
+the girl, "and I'm half asleep."
+
+Other men were present also of a type not dissimilar. It was a
+conventional gathering of rich nobodies, each a big frog in his
+own little puddle, none known far beyond it and none with
+sufficient intellect or ability to create for himself any position
+in the world save that won by the accident of money made by their
+progenitors.
+
+Had it been necessary for any of them to earn his living, only in
+some very modest capacity and on a very modest plane might they
+have done so. Of the entire company only one--the youngest--
+could claim even the celebrity that attached to his little
+volume of war verses.
+
+And now upon the lives of these every-day folk was destined to
+break an event unique and extraordinary. Existence, that had
+meandered without personal incident save of a description common
+to them all, was, within twelve hours, to confront men and women
+alike with reality. They were destined to endure at close quarters
+an occurrence so astounding and unparalleled that, for once in
+their lives, they would find themselves interesting to the wider
+world beyond their own limited circuit, and, for their friends and
+acquaintance, the centre of a nine days' wonder.
+
+Most of them, indeed, merely touched the hem of the mystery and
+were not involved therein, but even for them a reflected glory
+shone. They were at least objects of attraction elsewhere, and for
+many months furnished conversation of a more interesting and
+exciting character than any could ever claim to have provided
+before.
+
+The attitude to such an event, and the opinions concerning it, of
+such people might have been pretty accurately predicted; nor would
+it be fair to laugh at their terror and bewilderment, their
+confusion of tongues and the fatuous theories they adventured by
+way of explanation. For wiser than they--men experienced in the
+problems of humanity and trained to solve its enigmas--were
+presently in no better case.
+
+A very trivial and innocent remark was prelude to the disaster; and
+had the speaker guessed what his jest must presently mean in terms
+of human misery, grief, and horror, it is certain enough that he
+would not have spoken.
+
+The women were gone to bed and the men sat around the fire smoking
+and admiring Sir Walter's ancient blend of whisky. He himself had
+just flung away the stump of his cigar and was admonishing his
+son-in-law. "Church to-morrow, Tom. None of your larks. When
+first you came to see me, remember, you went to church twice on
+Sunday like a lamb. I'll have no backsliding."
+
+"Mary will see to that, governor."
+
+"And you, Henry."
+
+Sir Walter, disappointed of his hopes respecting his nephew and
+daughter, had none the less treated the young man with tact and
+tenderness. He felt for Henry; he was also fond of him and
+doubted not that the youth would prove a worthy successor. Thomas
+May was one with whom none could quarrel, and he and his wife's
+old flame were now, after the acquaintance of a week, on friendly
+terms.
+
+"I shan't fail, uncle."
+
+"Will anybody have another whisky?" asked Sir Walter, rising.
+
+It was the signal for departure and invariably followed the stroke
+of a deep-mouthed, grandfather clock in the hail. When eleven
+sounded, the master rose; but to-night he was delayed. Tom May
+spoke.
+
+"Fayre-Michell has never heard the ghost story, governor," he said,
+"and Mr. Travers badly wants another drink. If he doesn't have
+one, he won't sleep all night. He's done ten men's work to-day."
+
+Mr. Fayre-Michell spoke.
+
+"I didn't know you had a ghost, Sir Walter. I'm tremendously
+interested in psychical research and so on. If it's not bothering
+you and keeping you up--."
+
+"A ghost at Chadlands, Walter?" asked Ernest Travers. "You never
+told me."
+
+"Ghosts are all humbug," declared another speaker--a youthful
+"colonel" of the war.
+
+"I deprecate that attitude, Vane. It may certainly be that our
+ghost is a humbug, or, rather, that we have no such thing as a
+ghost at all. And that is my own impression. But an idle
+generality is always futile--indeed, any generality usually is.
+You have, at least, no right to say, 'Ghosts are all humbug.'
+Because you cannot prove they are. The weight of evidence is very
+much on the other side."
+
+"Sorry," said Colonel Vane, a man without pride. "I didn't know
+you believed in 'em, Sir Walter."
+
+"Most emphatically I believe in them."
+
+"So do I," declared Ernest Travers. "Nay, so does my wife--for
+the best possible reason. A friend of hers actually saw one."
+
+Mr. Fayre-Michell spoke.
+
+"Spiritualism and spirits are two quite different things," he said.
+"One may discredit the whole business of spiritualism and yet
+firmly believe in spirits."
+
+He was a narrow-headed, clean-shaven man with grey hair and
+moustache. He had a small body on very long legs, and though a
+veteran now, was still one of the best game shots in the West of
+England.
+
+Ernest Travers agreed with him. Indeed, they all agreed. Sir
+Walter himself summed up.
+
+"If you're a Christian, you must believe in the spirits of the
+dead," he declared; "but to go out of your way to summon these
+spirits, to call them from the next world back to ours, and to
+consult people who profess to be able to do so--extremely
+doubtful characters, as a rule--that I think is much to be
+condemned. I deny that there are any living mediums of
+communication between the spirit world and this one, and I should
+always judge the man or woman who claimed such power to be a
+charlatan. But that spirits of the departed have appeared and been
+recognized by the living, who shall deny?
+
+"My son-in-law has a striking case in his own recent experience.
+He actually knows a man who was going to sail on the Lusitania, and
+his greatest friend on earth, a soldier who fell on the Maine,
+appeared to him and advised him not to do so. Tom's acquaintance
+could not say that he heard words uttered, but he certainly
+recognized his dead friend as he stood by his bedside, and he
+received into his mind a clear warning before the vision disappeared.
+Is that so, Tom?"
+
+"Exactly so, sir. And Jack Thwaites--that was the name of the
+man in New York--told four others about it, and three took his
+tip and didn't sail. The fourth went; but he wasn't drowned. He
+came out all right."
+
+"The departed are certainly proved to appear in their own ghostly
+persons--nay, they often have been seen to do so," admitted
+Travers. "But I will never believe they are at our beck and call,
+to bang tambourines or move furniture. We cannot ring up the dead
+as we ring up the living on a telephone. The idea is insufferable
+and indecent. Neither can anybody be used as a mouth-piece in that
+way, or tell us the present position or occupation and interests
+of a dead man--or what he smokes, or how his liquor tastes. Such
+ideas degrade our impressions of life beyond the grave. They are,
+if I may say so, disgustingly anthropomorphic. How can we even
+take it for granted that our spirits will retain a human form and
+human attributes after death?"
+
+"It would be both weak-minded and irreligious to attempt to get
+at these things, no doubt," declared Colonel Vane.
+
+"And they make confusion worse confounded by saying that evil
+spirits pretend sometimes to hoodwink us by posing as good spirits.
+Now, that's going too far," said Henry Lennox.
+
+"But your own ghost, Sir Walter?" asked Fayre-Michell. "It is a
+curious fact that most really ancient houses have some such
+addition. Is it a family spectre? Is it fairly well authenticated?
+Does it reign in a particular spot of house or garden? I ask from
+no idle curiosity. It is a very interesting subject if approached
+in a proper spirit, as the Psychical Research Society, of which I
+am a member, does approach it."
+
+"I am unprepared to admit that we have a ghost at all," repeated
+Sir Walter. "Ancient houses, as you say, often get some legend
+tacked on to them, and here a garden walk, or there a room, or
+passage, is associated with something uncanny and contrary to
+experience. This is an old Tudor place, and has been tinkered and
+altered in successive generations. We have one room at the
+eastern end of the great corridor which always suffered from a bad
+reputation. Nobody has ever seen anything in our time, and neither
+my father nor grandfather ever handed down any story of a personal
+experience. It is a bedroom, which you shall see, if you care to
+do so. One very unfortunate and melancholy thing happened in it.
+That was some twelve years ago, when Mary was still a child--two
+years after my dear wife died."
+
+"Tell us nothing that can cause you any pain, Walter," said Ernest
+Travers.
+
+"It caused me very acute pain at the time. Now it is old history
+and mercifully one can look back with nothing but regret. One must,
+however, mention an incident in my father's time, though it has
+nothing to do with my own painful experience. However, that is
+part of the story--if story it can be called. A death occurred
+in the Grey Room when I was a child. Owing to the general vague
+feeling entertained against it, we never put guests there, and so
+long ago as my father's day it was relegated to a store place and
+lumber-store. But one Christmas, when we were very full, there
+came quite unexpectedly on Christmas Eve an aunt of my father--an
+extraordinary old character who never did anything that might be
+foreseen. She had never come to the family reunion before, yet
+appeared on this occasion, and declared that, as this was going to
+be her last Christmas on earth, she had felt it right to join the
+clan--my father being the head of the family. Her sudden advent
+strained our resources, I suppose, but she herself reminded us of
+the Grey Room, and, on hearing that it was empty, insisted on
+occupying it. The place is a bedroom, and my father, who personally
+entertained no dislike or dread of it, raised not the least
+objection to the strong-minded old lady's proposal. She retired,
+and was found dead on Christmas morning. She had not gone to bed,
+but was just about to do so, apparently, when she had fallen down
+and died. She was eighty-eight, had undergone a lengthy coach
+journey from Exeter, and had eaten a remarkably good dinner before
+going to bed. Her maid was not suspected, and the doctor held her
+end in no way unusual. It was certainly never associated with
+anything but natural causes. Indeed, only events of much later
+date served to remind me of the matter. Then one remembered the
+spoiled Christmas festivities and the callous and selfish anger of
+myself and various other young people that our rejoicings should
+be spoiled and Christmas shorn of all its usual delights.
+
+"But twelve years ago Mary fell ill of pneumonia--dangerously--
+and a nurse had to be summoned in haste, since her own faithful
+attendant, Jane Bond, who is still with us, could not attend her
+both day and night. A telegram to the Nurses' Institute brought
+Mrs. Gilbert Forrester--'Nurse Forrester,' as she preferred to be
+called. She was a little bit of a thing, but most attractive and
+capable. She had been a nurse before she married a young medical
+man, and upon his unfortunate death she returned to her profession.
+She desired her bedroom to be as near the patient as possible, and
+objected, when she found it arranged at the other end of the
+corridor. 'Why not the next room?' she inquired; and I had to tell
+her that the next room suffered from a bad name and was not used.
+'A bad name--is it unwholesome?' she asked; and I explained that
+traditions credited it with a sinister influence. 'In fact,' I
+said, 'it is supposed to be haunted. Not,' I added, 'that anything
+has ever been seen, or heard in my lifetime; but nervous people do
+not like that sort of room, and I should never take the
+responsibility of putting anybody into it without telling them.'
+She laughed. 'I'm not in the least afraid of ghosts, Sir Walter,'
+she said, 'and that must obviously be my room, if you please. It
+is necessary I should be as near my patient as possible, so that I
+can be called at once if her own nurse is anxious when I am not on
+duty.'
+
+"Well, we saw, of course, that she was perfectly right. She was a
+fearless little woman, and chaffed Masters and the maids while they
+lighted a fire and made the room comfortable. As a matter of fact,
+it is an exceedingly pleasant room in every respect. Yet I
+hesitated, and could not say that I was easy about it. I felt
+conscious of a discomfort which even her indifference did not
+entirely banish. I attributed it to my acute anxiety over Mary--
+also to a shadow of--what? It may have been irritation at Nurse
+Forrester's unconcealed contempt for my superstition. The Grey
+Room is large and commodious with a rather fine oriel window above
+our eastern porch. She was delighted, and rated me very amusingly
+for my doubts. 'I hope you'll never call such a lovely room
+haunted again after I have gone,' said she.
+
+"Mary took to her, and really seemed easier after she had been in
+the sick-room an hour. She loved young people, and had an art to
+win them. She was also a most accomplished and quick-witted nurse.
+There seemed to be quite a touch of genius about her. Her voice
+was melodious and her touch gentle. I could appreciate her skill,
+for I was never far from my daughter's side during that anxious
+day. Mrs. Forrester came at the critical hours, but declared
+herself very sanguine from the first.
+
+"Night fell; the child was sleeping and Jane Bond arrived to
+relieve the other about ten o'clock. Then the lady retired,
+directed that she should be called at seven o'clock, or at any
+moment sooner, if Jane wanted her. I sat with Jane I remember
+until two, and then turned in myself. Before I did so, Mary drank
+some milk and seemed to be holding her strength well. I was worn
+out, and despite my anxiety fell into deep sleep, and did not wake
+until my man called me half an hour earlier than usual. What he
+told me brought me quickly to my senses and out of bed. Nurse
+Forrester had been called at seven o'clock, but had not responded.
+Nor could the maid open the door, for it was locked. A quarter
+of an hour later the housekeeper and Jane Bond had loudly summoned
+her without receiving any reply. Then they called me.
+
+"I could only direct that the door should be forced open as speedily
+as possible, and we were engaged in this task when Mannering, my
+medical man, who shot with us to-day, arrived to see Mary. I told
+him what had happened. He went in to look at my girl, and felt
+satisfied that she was holding her own well--indeed, he thought
+her stronger; and just as he told me so the door into the Grey Room
+yielded. Mannering and my housekeeper, Mrs. Forbes, entered the
+room, while Masters, Fred Caunter, my footman, who had broken down
+the lock, and I remained outside.
+
+"The doctor presently called me, and I went in. Nurse Forrester was
+apparently lying awake in bed, but she was not awake. She slept
+the sleep of death. Her eyes were open, but glazed, and she was
+already cold. Mannering declared that she had been dead for a good
+many hours. Yet, save for a slight but hardly unnatural pallor,
+not a trace of death marked the poor little creature. An expression
+of wonder seemed to sit on her features, but otherwise she was
+looking much as I had last seen her, when she said 'Good-night.'
+Everything appeared to be orderly in the room. It was now flooded
+with the first light of a sunny morning, for she had drawn her
+blind up and thrown her window wide open. The poor lady passed out
+of life without a sound or signal to indicate trouble, for in the
+silence of night Jane Bond must have heard any alarm had she raised
+one. To me it seemed impossible to believe that we gazed upon a
+corpse. But so it was, though, as a matter of form, the doctor
+took certain measures to restore her. But animation was not
+suspended; it had passed beyond recall.
+
+"There was held a post-mortem examination, and an inquest, of
+course; and Mannering, who felt deep professional interest, asked
+a friend from Plymouth to conduct the examination. Their report
+astounded all concerned and crowned the mystery, for not a trace
+of any physical trouble could be discovered to explain Nurse
+Forrester's death. She was thin, but organically sound in every
+particular, nor could the slightest trace of poison be reported.
+Life had simply left her without any physical reason. Search
+proved that she had brought no drugs or any sort of physic with her,
+and no information to cast the least light came from the institution
+for which she worked. She was a favorite there, and the news of
+her sudden death brought sorrow to her many personal friends.
+
+"The physicians felt their failure to find a natural and scientific
+cause for her death. Indeed, Dr. Mordred, from Plymouth, an eminent
+pathologist, trembled not a little about it, as Mannering afterwards
+told me. The finite mind of science hates, apparently, to be faced
+with any mystery beyond its power to explain. It regards such an
+incident as a challenge to human intellect, and does not remember
+that we are encompassed with mystery as with a garment, and that
+every day and every night are laden with phenomena for which man
+cannot account, and never will.
+
+"Nurse Forrester's relations--a sister and an old mother--came to
+the funeral. Also her dearest woman friend, another professional
+nurse, whose name I do not recollect. She was buried at Chadlands,
+and her grave lies near our graves. Mary loves to tend it still,
+though to her the dead woman is but a name. Yet to this day she
+declares that she can remember Nurse Forrester's voice through her
+fever--gentle, yet musical and cheerful. As for me, I never
+mourned so brief an acquaintance so heartily. To part with the
+bright creature, so full of life and kindliness, and to stand beside
+her corpse but eight or nine hours afterwards, was a chastening and
+sad experience."
+
+Sir Walter became pensive, and did not proceed for the space of a
+minute. None, however, spoke until he had again done so:
+
+"That is the story of what is called our haunted room, so far as
+this generation is concerned. What grounds for its sinister
+reputation existed in the far past I know not--only a vague, oral
+tradition came to my father from his, and it is certain that neither
+of them attached any personal importance to it. But after such a
+peculiar and unfortunate tragedy, you will not be surprised that I
+regarded the chamber as ruled out from my domiciliary scheme, and
+denied it to any future guests."
+
+"Do you really associate the lady's death with the room, Walter?"
+asked Mr. Travers.
+
+"Honestly I do not, Ernest. And for this reason: I deny that any
+malignant, spiritual personality would ever be permitted by the
+Creator to exercise physical powers over the living, or destroy
+human beings without reason or justice. The horror of such a
+possibility to the normal mind is sufficient argument against it.
+Causes beyond our apparent knowledge were responsible for the death
+of Nurse Forrester; but who shall presume to say that was really so?
+Why imagine anything so irregular? I prefer to think that had the
+post-mortem been conducted by somebody else, subtle reasons for her
+death might have appeared. Science is fallible, and even specialists
+make outrageous mistakes."
+
+"You believe she died from natural causes beyond the skill of those
+particular surgeons to discover?" asked Colonel Vane.
+
+"That is my opinion. Needless to say, I should not tell Mannering
+so. But to what other conclusion can a reasonable man come? I do
+not, of course, deny the supernatural, but it is weak-minded to
+fall back upon it as the line of least resistance."
+
+Then Fayre-Michell repeated his question. He had listened with
+intense interest to the story.
+
+"Would you deny that ghosts, so to call them, can be associated
+with one particular spot, to the discomfort and even loss of
+reason, or life, of those that may be in that spot at the
+psychological moment, Sir Walter?"
+
+"Emphatically I would deny it," declared the elder. "However
+tragic the circumstances that might have befallen an unfortunate
+being in life at any particular place, it is, in my opinion,
+monstrous to suppose his disembodied spirit will hereafter be
+associated with the place. We must be reasonable, Felix. Shall
+the God Who gave us reason be Himself unreasonable?"
+
+"And yet there are authentic--However, I admit the weight of your
+argument."
+
+"At the same time," ventured Mr. Travers, "none can deny that many
+strange and terrible things happen, from hidden causes quite beyond
+human power to explain."
+
+"They do, Ernest; and so I lock up my Grey Room and rule it out of
+our scheme of existence. At present it is full of lumber--old
+furniture and a pack of rubbishy family portraits that only deserve
+to be burned, but will some day be restored, I suppose."
+
+"Not on my account, Uncle Walter," said Henry Lennox. "I have no
+more respect for them than yourself. They are hopeless as art."
+
+"No, no one must restore them. The art is I believe very bad, as
+you say, but they were most worthy people, and this is the sole
+memorial remaining of them."
+
+"Do let us see the room, governor," urged Tom May. "Mary showed
+it to me the first time I came here, and I thought it about the
+jolliest spot in the house."
+
+"So it is, Tom," said Henry. "Mary says it should be called the
+Rose Room, not the grey one."
+
+"All who care to do so can see it," answered Sir Walter, rising.
+"We will look in on our way to bed. Get the key from my key-cabinet
+in the study, Henry. It's labelled 'Grey Room.'"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+AN EXPERIMENT
+
+
+Ernest Travers, Felix Fayre-Michell, Tom May, and Colonel Vane
+followed Sir Walter upstairs to a great corridor, which ran the
+length of the main front, and upon which opened a dozen bedrooms
+and dressing-rooms. They proceeded to the eastern extremity. It
+was lighted throughout, and now their leader took off an electric
+bulb from a sconce on the wall outside the room they had come to
+visit.
+
+"There is none in there," he explained, "though the light was
+installed in the Grey Room as elsewhere when I started my own plant
+twenty years ago. My father never would have it. He disliked it
+exceedingly, and believed it aged the eyes."
+
+Henry arrived with the key. The door was unlocked, and the light
+established. The party entered a large and lofty chamber with
+ceiling of elaborate plaster work and silver-grey walls, the paper
+on which was somewhat tarnished. A pattern of dim, pink roses as
+large as cabbages ran riot over it. A great oriel window looked
+east, while a smaller one opened upon the south. Round the curve
+of the oriel ran a cushioned seat eighteen inches above the ground,
+while on the western side of the room, set in the internal wall,
+was a modern fireplace with a white Adams mantel above it. Some
+old, carved chairs stood round the walls, and in one corner, stacked
+together, lay half a dozen old oil portraits, grimy and faded. They
+called for the restorer, but were doubtfully worth his labors. Two
+large chests of drawers, with rounded bellies, and a very beautiful
+washing-stand also occupied places round the room, and against the
+inner wall rose a single, fourposter bed of Spanish chestnut, also
+carved. A grey, self-colored carpet covered the floor, and on one
+of the chests stood a miniature bronze copy of the Faun of
+Praxiteles.
+
+The apartment was bright and cheerful of aspect. Nothing gloomy
+or depressing marked it, nor a suggestion of the sinister.
+
+"Could one wish for a more amiable looking room?" asked
+Fayre-Michell.
+
+They gazed round them, and Ernest Travers expressed admiration at
+the old furniture.
+
+"My dear Walter, why hide these things here?" he asked. "They are
+beautiful, and may be valuable, too."
+
+"I've been asked the same question before," answered the owner.
+"And they are valuable. Lord Bolsover offered me a thousand
+guineas for those two chairs; but the things are heirlooms in a
+sort of way, and I shouldn't feel justified in parting with them.
+My grandfather was furniture mad--spent half his time collecting
+old stuff on the Continent. Spain was his happy hunting ground."
+
+"It's positively a shame to doom these chairs to a haunted room,
+uncle," declared Henry.
+
+But the other shook his head and smothered a yawn.
+
+"The house is too full as it is." he said.
+
+"Mary wants you to scrap dozens of things," replied his nephew.
+"Then there'd be plenty of room."
+
+"You'll do what you please when your turn comes, and no doubt cast
+out my tusks and antlers and tiger-skins, which I know you don't
+admire. Wait in patience, Henry. And we will now go to bed,"
+answered the elder. "I am fatigued, and it must be nearly midnight."
+
+Then Tom May brought their thoughts back to the reason of the visit.
+
+"Look here, governor," he said. "It's a scandal to give a champion
+room like this a bad name and shut it up. You've fallen into the
+habit, but you know it's all nonsense. Mary loves this room. I'll
+make you a sporting offer. Let me sleep in it to-night, and then,
+when I report a clean bill to-morrow, you can throw it open again
+and announce it is forgiven without a stain on its character.
+You've just said you don't believe spooks have the power to hurt
+anybody. Then let me turn in here."
+
+Sir Walter, however, refused.
+
+"No, Tom; most certainly not. It's far too late to go over the
+ground again and explain why, but I don't wish it."
+
+"A milder-mannered room was never seen," said Ernest Travers. "You
+must let me look at it by daylight, and bring Nelly. The ceiling,
+too, is evidently very fine--finer even than the one in my room."
+
+"The ceilings here were all the work of Italians in Tudor times,"
+explained his friend. "They are Elizabethan. The plaster is
+certainly wonderful, and my ceilings are considered as good as
+anything in the country, I believe."
+
+He turned, and the rest followed him.
+
+Henry removed the electric bulb, and restored it to its place
+outside. Then his uncle gave him the key.
+
+"Put it back in the cabinet," he said. "I won't go down again."
+
+The party broke up, and all save Lennox and the sailor went to
+their rooms. The two younger men descended together and, when out
+of ear-shot of his uncle, Henry spoke.
+
+"Look here, Tom," he said, "you've given me a tip. I'm going to
+camp out in the Grey Room to-night. Then, in the morning, I'll
+tell Uncle Walter I have done so, and the ghost's number will be
+up."
+
+"Quite all right, old man--only the plan must be modified. I'll
+sleep there. I'm death on it, and the brilliant inspiration was
+mine, remember."
+
+"You can't. He refused to let you."
+
+"I didn't hear him."
+
+"Oh, yes, you did--everybody did. Besides, this is fairly my task--
+you won't deny that. Chadlands will be mine, some day, so it's
+up to me to knock this musty yarn on the head once and for all.
+Could anything be more absurd than shutting up a fine room like
+that? I'm really rather ashamed of Uncle Walter."
+
+"Of course it's absurd but, honestly, I'm rather keen about this.
+I'd dearly love to add a medieval phantom to my experiences, and
+only wish I thought anything would show up. I beg you'll raise no
+objection. It was my idea, and I very much wish to make the
+experiment. Of course, I don't believe in anything supernatural."
+
+They went back to the billiard-room, dismissed Fred Caunter, the
+footman, who was waiting to put out the lights, and continued their
+discussion. The argument began to grow strenuous, for each proved
+determined, and who owned the stronger will seemed a doubtful
+question.
+
+For a time, since no conclusion could satisfy both, they abandoned
+the centre of contention and debated, as their elders had done, on
+the general question. Henry declared himself not wholly convinced.
+He adopted an agnostic attitude, while Tom frankly disbelieved.
+The one preserved an open mind, the other scoffed at apparitions
+in general.
+
+"It's humbug to say sailors are superstitious now," he asserted.
+"They might have been, but my experience is that they are no more
+credulous than other people in these days. Anyway, I'm not. Life
+is a matter of chemistry. There's no mumbo jumbo about it, in my
+opinion. Chemical analysis has reached down to hormones and
+enzymes and all manner of subtle secretions discovered by this
+generation of inquirers; but it's all organic. Nobody has ever
+found anything that isn't. Existence depends on matter, and when
+the chemical process breaks down, the organism perishes and leaves
+nothing. When a man can't go on breathing, he's dead, and there's
+an end of him."
+
+But Henry had read modern science also.
+
+"What about the vital spark, then? Biologists don't turn down the
+theory of vitalism, do they?"
+
+"Most of them do, who count, my dear chap. The presence of a vital
+spark--a spark that cannot be put out--is merely a theory with
+nothing to prove it. When he dies, the animating principle doesn't
+leave a man, and go off on its own. It dies too. It was part of
+the man--as much as his heart or brain."
+
+"That's only an opinion. Nobody can be positive. We don't know
+anything about what life really means, and we haven't got the
+machinery to find out."
+
+"By analogy we can," argued Tom. "Where are you going to draw the
+line? Life is life, and a sponge is just as much alive as a
+herring; a nettle is just as much alive as an oak-tree; and an
+oak-tree is just as much alive as you are. What becomes of its
+vital spark when you eat an oyster?"
+
+"You wouldn't believe in a life after death at all, then?"
+
+"It's a pure assumption, Henry. I'd like to believe in it--who
+wouldn't? Because, if you honestly did, it would transform this
+life into something infinitely different from what it is."
+
+"It ought to--yet it doesn't seem to."
+
+"It ought to, certainly. If you believe this life is only the
+portal to another of much greater importance, then--well, there you
+are. Nothing matters but trying to make everybody else believe
+t, too. But as a matter of fact, the people who do believe it, or
+think they do, seem to me just as concentrated on this life and
+just as much out to get the very best they can from it, and wring
+it dry, as I am, who reckon it's all."
+
+"They believe as a matter of course, and don't seem to realize how
+much their belief ought to imply," confessed Henry.
+
+"Why do they believe? Because most of them haven't really thought
+about it more than a turnip thinks. They dwell in a foggy sort of
+way on the future life when they go to church on Sundays; then they
+return home and forget all about it till next Sunday."
+
+Lennox brought him back to the present difference.
+
+"Well, seeing you laugh at ghosts, and I remain doubtful, it's
+only fair that I sleep in the Grey Room. You must see that.
+Ghosts hate people who don't believe in them. They'd cold shoulder
+you; but in my case they might feel I was good material, worth
+convincing. They might show up for me in a friendly spirit. If
+they show for you, it will probably be to bully you."
+
+Tom laughed.
+
+"That's what I want. I'd like to have it out and talk sense to a
+spook, and show him what an ass he's making of himself. The
+governor was right about that. When Fayre-Michell asked if he
+believed in them loafing about a place where they'd been murdered
+or otherwise maltreated, he rejected the idea."
+
+"Yet a woman certainly died there, and without a shadow of reason."
+
+"She probably died for a very good reason, only we don't happen to
+know it."
+
+Henry tried a different argument.
+
+"You're married, and you matter; I'm not married, and don't matter
+to anybody."
+
+"Humbug!"
+
+"Mary wouldn't like it, anyway; you know that."
+
+"True--she'd hate it. But she won't know anything about it till
+to-morrow. She always sleeps in her old nursery when she comes
+here, and I'm down the corridor at the far end. She'd have a fit
+if she knew I'd turned in next door to her and was snoozing in the
+Grey Room; but she won't know till I tell her of my rash act
+to-morrow. Don't think I'm a fool. Nobody loves life better than
+I do, and nobody has better reason to. But I'm positive that this
+is all rank nonsense, and so are you really. We know there's
+nothing in the room with a shadow of supernatural danger about it.
+Besides, you wouldn't want to sleep there so badly if you believed
+anything wicked was waiting for you. You're tons cleverer than I
+am--so you must agree about that."
+
+Lennox was bound to confess that he entertained no personal fear.
+They still argued, and the clock struck midnight. Then the sailor
+made a suggestion.
+
+"Since you're so infernally obstinate, I'll do this. We'll toss up,
+and the winner can have the fun. That's fair to both."
+
+The other agreed; he tossed a coin, and May called "tails," and won.
+
+He was jubilant, while Henry showed a measure of annoyance. The
+other consoled him.
+
+"It's better so, old man. You're highly strung and nervy, and a
+poet and all that sort of thing. I'm no better than a prize ox,
+and don't know what nerves mean. I can sleep anywhere, anyhow.
+If you can sleep in a submarine, you bet you can in a nice, airy
+Elizabethan room, even if it is haunted. But it's not; that's the
+whole point. There's not a haunted room in the world. Get me
+your service revolver, like a good chap."
+
+Henry was silent, and Tom rose to make ready for his vigil.
+
+"I'm dog-tired, anyhow," he said. "Nothing less than Queen
+Elizabeth herself will keep me awake, if it does appear."
+
+Then the other surprised him.
+
+"Don't think I want to go back on it. You've won the right to make
+the experiment--if we ignore Uncle Walter. But--well, you'll laugh,
+yet, on my honor, Tom, I've got a feeling I'd rather you didn't.
+It isn't nerves. I'm not nervy any more than you are. I'm not
+suggesting that I go now, of course. But I do ask you to think
+better of it and chuck the thing."
+
+"Why?"
+
+"Well, one can't help one's feelings. I do feel a rum sort of
+conviction at the bottom of my mind that it's not good enough. I
+can't explain; there are no words for it that I know, but it's
+growing on me. Intuition, perhaps."
+
+"Intuition of what?"
+
+"I can't tell you. But I ask you not to go."
+
+"You were going if you'd won the toss?"
+
+"I know."
+
+"Then your growing intuition is only because I won it. Hanged if
+I don't think you want to funk me, old man!"
+
+"I couldn't do that. But it's different me going and you going.
+I've got nothing to live for. Don't think I'm maudlin, or any rot
+of that sort; but you know all about the past. I've never
+mentioned it to you, and, of course, you haven't to me; and I never
+should have. But I will now. I loved Mary with all my heart and
+soul, Tom. She didn't know how much, and probably I didn't either.
+But that's done, and no man on earth rejoices in her great happiness
+more than I do. And no man on earth is going to be a better or a
+truer friend to you and her than, please God, I shall be. But that
+being so, can't you see the rest? My life ended in a way when the
+dream of my life ended. I attach no importance to living for
+itself, and if anything final happened to me it wouldn't leave a
+blank anywhere. You're different. In sober honesty you oughtn't
+to run into any needless danger--real or imaginary. I'm thinking
+of Mary only when I say that--not you."
+
+"But I deny the danger."
+
+"Yes; only you might listen. So did I, but I deny it no longer. The
+case is altered when I tell you in all seriousness--when I take
+my oath if you like--that I do believe now there is something in
+this. I don't say it's supernatural, and I don't say it isn't; but
+I do feel deeply impressed in my mind now, and it's growing stronger
+every minute, that there's something here out of the common and
+really infernally dangerous."
+
+The other looked at him in astonishment.
+
+"What bee has got into your bonnet?"
+
+"Don't call it that. It's a conviction, Tom. Do be guided by me,
+old chap!"
+
+The sailor flushed a little, emptied his glass, and rose.
+
+"If you really wanted to choke me off, you chose a funny way to do
+so. Surely it only needed this to determine anybody. If you, as
+a sane person, honestly believe there's a pinch of danger in that
+blessed place, then I certainly sleep there to-night, or else wake
+there."
+
+"Let me come, too, then, Tom."
+
+"That be damned for a yarn! Ghosts don't show up for two people--
+haven't got pluck enough. If I get any sport, I'll be quite
+straight about it, and you shall try your luck to-morrow."
+
+"I can only make it a favor; and not for your own sake, either."
+
+"I know. Mary will be sleeping the sleep of the just in the next
+room. How little she'll guess! Perhaps, if I see an apparition
+worthy of the Golden Age, I'll call her up."
+
+"Do oblige me, May."
+
+"In anything on earth but this thing. It's really too late now.
+Don't you see you've defeated your own object? You mustn't ask me
+to throw up the sponge to your sudden intuition of danger sprung
+on me at the eleventh hour. I won the toss, and can't take my
+orders from you, old chap, can I?"
+
+The other, in his turn, grew a little warm.
+
+"All right. I've spoken. I think you're rather a fool to be so
+obstinate. It isn't as if a nervous old woman was talking to you.
+But you'll go your own way. It doesn't matter a button to me, and
+I only made it a favor for somebody else's sake."
+
+"We'll leave it at that, then. May I trouble you for the key?
+And your revolver, too. I haven't got mine here."
+
+Henry hesitated. The key was in the pocket of his jacket.
+
+"It is a matter of honor, Lennox," said the sailor.
+
+The other handed over the key on this speech, and prepared to go.
+
+"I'll get the revolver," he said.
+
+"Thanks. Look me up in the morning, if you're awake first," added
+May; but the other did not answer.
+
+He let Tom precede him, and then turned out the lights. Other
+lights he also extinguished as they left the hall and ascended
+the stairs. The younger's pride was struggling for mastery; but
+he conquered it and spoke again.
+
+"I wish to Heaven you could see it from another point of view than
+your own, Tom."
+
+"I have no point of view. You're rather exasperating, and don't
+seem to understand that, even if I might have changed my mind
+before, it's impossible now."
+
+"That's really only a foolish sort of pride. If I chose my words
+clumsily--"
+
+"You did. The devil and all his angels wouldn't make me climb down
+now."
+
+The younger left him, and returned in a minute or two with the
+revolver.
+
+"Good-night," he said.
+
+"Good-night, old boy. Thank you. Loaded?"
+
+"In all the chambers. Funny you should want it."
+
+"Take it back, then."
+
+But Henry did not answer, and they parted. Each sought his own
+bedroom, and while Lennox retired at once and might have been
+expected to pass a night more mentally peaceful than the other,
+in reality it was not so.
+
+The younger slept ill, while May suffered no emotion but annoyance.
+He was contemptuous of Henry. It seemed to him that he had taken
+a rather mean and unsporting line, nor did he believe for a moment
+that he was honest. Lennox had a modern mind; he had been through
+the furnace of war; he had received a first-class education. It
+seemed impossible to imagine that he spoke the truth, or that his
+sudden suspicion of real perils, beyond human power to combat,
+could be anything but a spiteful attempt to put May off, after he
+himself had lost the toss. Yet that seemed unlike a gentleman.
+Then the allusion to Mary perturbed the sailor. He could not
+quarrel with the words, but he resented the advice, seeing what it
+was based upon.
+
+His anger lessened swiftly, however, and before he started his
+adventure he had dismissed Henry from his mind. He put on pyjamas
+and a dressing-gown, took a candle, a railway-rug, his watch, and
+the loaded revolver.
+
+Then he walked quietly down the corridor to the Grey Room. On
+reaching it his usual good temper returned, and he found himself
+entirely happy and contented. He unlocked the forbidden entrance,
+set his candle by the bed, and locked the door again from inside.
+He rolled up his dressing-gown for a pillow, and placed his watch
+and revolver and candle at his hand on a chair. A few broken
+reflections drifted through his mind, as he yawned and prepared
+to sleep. His brain brought up events of the day--a missed shot,
+a good shot, lunch under a haystack with Mary and Fayre-Michell's
+niece. She was smart and showy and slangy--cheap every way
+compared with Mary. What would his wife think if she knew he was
+so near? Come to him for certain. He cordially hoped that he
+might not be recalled to his ship; but there was a possibility of
+it. It would be rather a lark to show the governor over the
+Indomitable. She was a "hush-hush" ship--one of the wonders of
+the Navy still. Funny that the Italian roof of the Grey Room
+looked like a dome, though it was really flat. A cunning trick
+of perspective.
+
+It was a still and silent night, moonless, very dark, and very
+tranquil. He went to the window to throw it open.
+
+Only a solitary being waked long that night at Chadlands, and only
+a solitary mind suffered tribulation. But into the small hours
+Henry Lennox endured the companionship of disquiet thoughts. He
+could not sleep, and his brain, clear enough, retraced no passage
+from the past day. Indeed the events of the day had sunk into
+remote time. He was only concerned with the present, and he
+wondered while he worried that he should be worrying. Yet a
+proleptic instinct made him look forward. He had neither lied nor
+exaggerated to May. From the moment of losing the toss, he honestly
+experienced a strong, subjective impression of danger arising out
+of the proposed attack on the mysteries of the Grey Room. It was,
+indeed, that consciousness of greater possibilities in the adventure
+than May admitted or imagined which made Lennox so insistent.
+Looking back, he perceived many things, and chiefly that he had
+taken a wrong line, and approached Mary's husband from a fatal
+angle. Too late he recognized his error. It was inevitable that
+a hint of suspected danger would confirm the sailor in his
+resolution; and that such a hint should follow the spin of the
+coin against Lennox, and be accompanied by the assurance that, had
+he won, Henry would have proceeded, despite his intuitions, to do
+what he now begged Tom not to do--that was a piece of clumsy work
+which he deeply regretted.
+
+At the hour when his own physical forces were lowest, his errors
+of diplomacy forced themselves upon his mind. He wasted much time,
+as all men do upon their beds, in anticipating to-morrow; in
+considering what is going to happen, or what is not; in weighing
+their own future words and deeds given a variety of contingencies.
+For reason, which at first kept him, despite his disquiet, in the
+region of the rational, grew weaker with Henry as the night
+advanced; the shadow of trouble deepened as his weary wits lost
+their balance to combat it. The premonition was as formless and
+amorphous as a cloud, and, though he could not see any shape to
+his fear, or define its limitations, it grew darker ere he slept.
+He considered what might happen and, putting aside any lesser
+disaster, tried to imagine what the morning would bring if May
+actually succumbed.
+
+For the moment the size of such an imaginary disaster served
+curiously to lessen his uneasiness. Pushed to extremities, the
+idea became merely absurd. He won a sort of comfort from such an
+outrageous proposition, because it brought him back to the solid
+ground of reason and the assurance that some things simply do not
+happen. From this extravagant summit of horror, his fears gradually
+receded. Such a waking nightmare even quieted his nerves when it
+was past; for if a possibility presents a ludicrous side, then its
+horror must diminish by so much. Moreover, Henry told himself that
+if the threat of a disaster so absolute could really be felt by him,
+it was his duty to rise at once, intervene, and, if necessary,
+summon his uncle and force May to leave the Grey Room immediately.
+
+This idea amused him again and offered another jest. The tragedy
+really resolved into jests. He found himself smiling at the
+picture of May being treated like a disobedient schoolboy. But
+if that happened, and Tom was proclaimed the sinner, what must be
+Henry's own fate? To win the reputation of an unsportsmanlike
+sneak in Mary's opinion as well as Tom's. He certainly could call
+upon nobody to help him now. But he might go and look up May
+himself. That would be very sharply resented, however. He
+travelled round and round in circles, then asked himself what he
+would do and say to-morrow if anything happened to Tom--nothing,
+of course, fatal, but something perhaps so grave that May himself
+would be unable to explain it. In that case Henry could only state
+facts exactly as they had occurred. But there would be a deuce of
+a muddle if he had to make statements and describe the exact
+sequence of recent incidents. Already he forgot the exact sequence.
+It seemed ages since he parted from May. He broke off there, rose,
+drank a glass of water, and lighted a cigarette. He shook himself
+into wakefulness, condemned himself for this debauch of weak-minded
+thinking, found the time to be three o'clock, and brushed the whole
+cobweb tangle from his mind. He knew that sudden warmth after cold
+will often induce sleep--a fact proved by incidents of his
+campaigns--so he trudged up and down and opened his window and let
+the cool breath of the night chill his forehead and breast for five
+minutes.
+
+This action calmed him, and he headed himself off from returning
+to the subject. He felt that mental dread and discomfort were
+only waiting to break out again; but he smothered them, returned
+to bed, and succeeded in keeping his mind on neutral-tinted
+matter until he fell asleep.
+
+He woke again before he was called, rose and went to his bath. He
+took it cold, and it refreshed him and cleared his head, for he
+had a headache. Everything was changed, and the phantoms of his
+imagination remained only as memories to be laughed at. He no
+longer felt alarm or anxiety. He dressed presently, and guessing
+that Tom, always the first to rise, might already be out of doors,
+he strolled on to the terrace presently to meet him there.
+
+Already he speculated whether an apology was due from him to May,
+or whether he might himself expect one. It didn't matter. He knew
+perfectly well that Tom was all right now, and that was the only
+thing that signified.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+AT THE ORIEL
+
+
+Chadlands sprang into existence when the manor houses of England--
+save for the persistence of occasional embattled parapets and
+other warlike survivals of unrestful days now past--had obeyed
+the laws of architectural evolution, and begun to approach a future
+of cleanliness and comfort, rising to luxury hitherto unknown. The
+development of this ancient mass was displayed in plan as much as
+in elevation, and, at its date, the great mansion had stood for the
+last word of perfection, when men thought on large lines and the
+conditions of labour made possible achievements now seldom within
+the power of a private purse. Much had since been done, but the
+main architectural features were preserved, though the interior of
+the great house was transformed.
+
+The manor of Chadlands extended to some fifty thousand acres lying
+in a river valley between the heights of Haldon on the east and
+the frontiers of Dartmoor westerly. The little township was
+connected by a branch with the Great Western Railway, and the
+station lay five miles from the manor house. No more perfect
+parklands, albeit on a modest scale, existed in South Devon, and
+the views of the surrounding heights and great vale opening from
+the estate caused pleasure alike to those contented with obvious
+beauty and the small number of spectators who understood the
+significance of what constitutes really distinguished landscape.
+
+Eastward, long slopes of herbage and drifts of azaleas--a glorious
+harmony of gold, scarlet, and orange in June--sloped upwards to
+larch woods; while the gardens of pleasure, watered by a little
+trout stream, spread beneath the manor house, and behind it rose
+hot-houses and the glass and walled gardens of fruit and vegetables.
+To the south and west opened park and vale, where receded forest
+and fallow lands, until the grey ramparts of the moor ascending
+beyond them hemmed in the picture.
+
+Sir Walter Lennox had devoted himself to the sporting side of the
+estate and had made it famous in this respect. His father, less
+interested in shooting and hunting, had devoted time and means to
+the flower gardens, and rendered them as rich as was possible in
+his day; while earlier yet, Sir Walter's grandfather had been more
+concerned for the interior, and had done much to enrich and
+beautify it.
+
+A great terrace stretched between the south front and a balustrade
+of granite, that separated it from the gardens spreading at a lower
+level. Here walked Henry Lennox and sought Tom May. It was now
+past eight o'clock on Sunday morning, and he found himself alone.
+The sun, breaking through heaviness of morning clouds, had risen
+clear of Haldon Hills and cast a radiance, still dimmed by vapour,
+over the glow of the autumn trees. Subdued sounds of birds came
+from the glades below, and far distant, from the scrub at the edge
+of the woods, pheasants were crowing. The morning sparkled, and,
+in a scene so fair, Henry found his spirits rise. Already the
+interview with Mary's husband on the preceding night seemed remote
+and unreal. He was, however, conscious that he had made an ass of
+himself, but he did not much mind, for it could not be said that
+May had shone, either.
+
+He called him, and, for reply, an old spaniel emerged from beneath,
+climbed a flight of broad steps that ascended to the terrace, and
+paddled up to Henry, wagging his tail. He was a very ancient hero,
+whose record among the wild duck still remained a worthy memory
+and won him honour in his declining days. The age of "Prince"
+remained doubtful, but he was decrepit now--gone in the hams and
+suffering from cataract of both eyes--a disease to which it is
+impossible to minister in a dog. But his life was good to him; he
+still got about, slept in the sun, and shared the best his master's
+dish could offer. Sir Walter adored him, and immediately felt
+uneasy if the creature did not appear when summoned. Often, had
+he been invisible too long, his master would wander whistling round
+his haunts. Then he would find him, or be himself found, and feel
+easy again.
+
+"Prince" went in to the open window of the breakfast-room, while
+Henry, moved by a thought, walked round the eastern angle of the
+house and looked up at the oriel window of the Grey Room, where
+it hung aloft on the side of the wall, like a brilliant bubble,
+and flashed with the sunshine that now irradiated the casement.
+To his surprise he saw the window was thrown open and that May,
+still in his pyjamas, knelt on the cushioned recess within and
+looked out at the morning.
+
+"Good lord, old chap!" he cried, "Needn't ask you if you have slept.
+It's nearly nine o'clock."
+
+But the other made no response whatever. He continued to gaze far
+away over Henry's head at the sunrise, while the morning breeze
+moved his dark hair.
+
+"Tom! Wake up!" shouted Lennox again; but still the other did not
+move a muscle. Then Henry noticed that he was unusually pale, and
+something about his unwinking eyes also seemed foreign to an
+intelligent expression. They were set, and no movement of light
+played upon them. It seemed that the watcher was in a trance.
+Henry felt his heart jump, and a sensation of alarm sharpened
+his thought. For him the morning was suddenly transformed, and
+fearing an evil thing had indeed befallen the other, he turned to
+the terrace and entered the breakfast-room from it. The time was
+now five minutes to nine, and as unfailing punctuality had ever
+been a foible of Sir Walter, his guests usually respected it. Most
+of them were already assembled, and Mary May, who was just stepping
+into the garden, asked Henry if he had seen her husband.
+
+"He's always the first to get up and the last to go to bed," she
+said.
+
+Bidding her good-morning, but not answering her question, the young
+man hastened through the room and ascended to the corridor. Beneath,
+Ernest Travers, a being of fussy temperament with a heart of gold,
+spoke to Colonel Vane. Travers was clad in Sunday black, for he
+respected tradition.
+
+"Forgive me, won't you, but this is your first visit, and you don't
+look much like church."
+
+"Must we go to church, too?" asked the colonel blankly. He was
+still a year under forty, but had achieved distinction in the war.
+"There is no 'must' about it, but Sir Walter would appreciate the
+effort on your part. He likes his guests to go. He is one of
+those men who are a light to this generation--an ancient light,
+if you like, but a shining one. He loves sound maxims. You may
+say he runs his life on sound maxims. He lives charitably with
+all men and it puzzles him, as it puzzles me, to understand the
+growing doubt, the class prejudice--nay, class hatred the failure
+of trust and the increasing tension and uneasiness between
+employer and employed. He and I are agreed that the tribulations
+of the present time can be traced to two disasters only--the lack
+of goodwill--as shown in the proletariat, whose leaders teach
+them to respect nobody, and the weakening hold of religion as also
+revealed in the proletariat. Now, to combat these things and set
+a good example is our duty--nay, our privilege. Don't you think
+so?"
+
+Such a lecture on an empty stomach depressed the colonel. He
+looked uneasy and anxious.
+
+"I'll come, of course, if he'd like it; but I'm afraid I shared my
+men's dread of church parade, though our padre was a merciful
+being on the whole and fairly sensible."
+
+Overhead, Henry had tried the door of the Grey Room, and found it
+locked. As he did so, the gong sounded for breakfast. Masters
+always performed upon it. First he woke a preliminary whisper of
+the great bronze disc, then deepened the note to a genial and
+mellow roar, and finally calmed it down again until it faded
+gently into silence. He spoke of the gong as a musical instrument,
+and declared the art of sounding it was a gift that few men could
+acquire.
+
+Neither movement nor response rewarded the summons of Lennox, and
+now in genuine alarm, he went below again, stopped Fred Caunter,
+the footman, and asked him to call out Sir Walter.
+
+Fred waited until his master had said a brief grace before meat;
+then he stepped to his side and explained, that his nephew desired
+to see him.
+
+"Good patience! What's the matter?" asked the old man as he rose
+and joined Henry in the hall.
+
+Then his nephew spoke, and indicated his alarm. He stammered a
+little, but strove to keep calm and state facts clearly.
+
+"It's like this. I'm afraid you'll be rather savage, but I can't
+talk now. Tom and I had a yarn when you'd gone to bed, and he was
+awfully keen to spend the night in the Grey Room."
+
+"I did not wish it."
+
+"I know--we were wrong--but we were both death on it, and we
+tossed up, and he won."
+
+"Where is he?"
+
+"Up there now, looking out of the window. I've called him and
+made a row at the door, but he doesn't answer. He's locked himself
+in, apparently."
+
+"What have you done, Henry? We must get to him instantly. Tell
+Caunter--no, I will. Don't breathe a syllable of this to anybody
+unless necessity arises. Don't tell Mary."
+
+Sir Walter beckoned the footman, bade him get some tools and ascend
+quickly to the Grey Room. He then went up beside his nephew, while
+Fred, bristling with excitement, hastened to the toolroom. He was
+a handy man, had been at sea during the war, and now returned to
+his old employment. His slow brain moved backwards, and he
+remembered that this was a task he had already performed ten or
+more years before. Then the ill-omened chamber had revealed a
+dead woman. Who was in it now? Caunter guessed readily enough.
+
+Lennox spoke to his uncle as they approached the locked door.
+
+"It was only a lark, just to clear the room of its bad character
+and have a laugh at your expense this morning. But I'm afraid
+he's ill--fainted or something. He turned in about one o'clock.
+I was rather bothered, and couldn't explain to myself why, but--"
+
+"Don't chatter!" answered the other. "You have both done a very
+wrong thing and should have respected my wishes."
+
+At the door he called loudly.
+
+"Let us in at once, Tom, please! I am much annoyed! If this is a
+jest, it has gone far enough--and too far! I blame you severely!"
+
+But none replied. Absolute silence held the Grey Room.
+
+Then came the footman with a frail of tools. The task could not
+be performed in a moment, and Sir Walter, desirous above all things
+to create no uneasiness at the breakfast-table, determined to go
+down again. But he was too late, for his daughter had already
+suspected something. She was not anxious but puzzled that her
+husband tarried. She came up the stairs with a letter.
+
+"I'm going to find Tom," she said. "It's not like him to be so
+lazy. Here's a letter from the ship, and I'm awfully afraid he
+may have to go back."
+
+"Mary," said her father, "come here a moment."
+
+He drew her under a great window which threw light into the
+corridor.
+
+"You must summon your nerve and pluck, my girl! I'm very much
+afraid that something has gone amiss with Tom. I know nothing yet,
+but last night, it seems, after we had gone to bed, he and Henry
+determined that one of them should sleep in the Grey Room."
+
+"Father! Was he there, and I so near him--sleeping in the very
+next room?"
+
+"He was there--and is there. He is not well. Henry saw him
+looking out of the window five minutes ago, but he was, I fear,
+unconscious."
+
+"Let me go to him," she said.
+
+"I will do so first. It will be wiser. Run down and ask Ernest
+to join me. Do not be alarmed; I dare say it is nothing at all."
+
+Her habit of obedience prompted her to do as he desired instantly,
+but she descended like lightning, called Travers, and returned
+with him.
+
+"I will ask you to come in with me, Ernest," explained Sir Walter.
+"My son-in-law slept in the Grey Room last night, and he does not
+respond to our calls this morning. The door is locked and we are
+breaking it open."
+
+"But you expressly refused him permission to do so, Walter."
+
+"I did--you heard me. Let sleeping dogs lie is a very good motto,
+but young men will be young men. I hope, however, nothing serious--"
+
+He stopped, for Caunter had forced the door and burst it inward
+with a crash. During the moment's silence that followed they
+heard the key spring into the room and strike the wainscot. The
+place was flooded with sunshine, and seemed to welcome them with
+genial light and attractive art. The furniture revealed its rich
+grain and beautiful modelling; the cherubs carved on the great
+chairs seemed to dance where the light flashed on their little,
+rounded limbs. The silvery walls were bright, and the huge roses
+that tumbled over them appeared to revive and display their
+original color at the touch of the sun.
+
+On a chair beside the bed stood an extinguished candle, Tom's
+watch, and Henry's revolver. The sailor's dressing-gown was still
+folded where he had placed it; his rug was at the foot of the bed.
+He himself knelt in the recess at the open window upon the settee
+that ran beneath. His position was natural; one arm held the
+window-ledge and steadied him, and his back was turned to Sir
+Walter and Travers, who first entered the room.
+
+Henry held Mary back and implored her to wait a moment, but she
+shook off his hand and followed her father.
+
+Sir Walter it was who approached Tom and grasped his arm. In so
+doing he disturbed the balance of the body, which fell back and
+was caught by the two men. Its weight bore Ernest Travers to the
+ground, but Henry was in time to save both the quick and the dead.
+For Tom May had expired many hours before. His face was of an
+ivory whiteness, his mouth closed. No sign of fear, but rather a
+profound astonishment sat upon his features. His eyes were opened
+and dim. In them, too, was frozen a sort of speechless amazement.
+How long he had been dead they knew not, but none were in doubt of
+the fact. His wife, too, perceived it. She went to where he now
+lay, put her arms around his neck, and fainted.
+
+Others were moving outside, and the murmur of voices reached the
+Grey Room. It was one of those tragic situations when everybody
+desires to be of service, and when well-meaning and small-minded
+people are often hurt unintentionally and never forget it, putting
+fancied affronts before the incidents that caused them.
+
+The man lay dead and his wife unconscious upon his body.
+
+Sir Walter rose to the occasion as best he might, issued orders,
+and begged all who heard him to obey without question. He and his
+friend Travers lifted Mary and carried her to her room. It was her
+nursery of old. Here they put her on her bed, and sent Caunter for
+Mrs. Travers and Mary's old servant, Jane Bond. She had recovered
+consciousness before the women reached her. Then they returned to
+the dead, and the master of Chadlands urged those standing on the
+stairs and in the corridor to go back to their breakfast and their
+duties.
+
+"You can do no good," he said. "I will only ask Vane to help us."
+
+Fayre-Michell spoke, while the colonel came forward.
+
+"Forgive me, Sir Walter, but if it is anything psychical, I ask,
+as a member--"
+
+"For Heaven's sake do as I wish," returned the other. "My
+son-in-law is dead. What more there is to know, you'll hear later.
+I want Vane, because he is a powerful man and can help Henry and
+my butler. We have to carry--"
+
+He broke off.
+
+"Dead!" gasped the visitor.
+
+Then he hastened downstairs. Presently they lifted the sailor
+among them, and got him to his own room. They could not dispose
+him in a comely position--a fact that specially troubled Sir
+Walter--and Masters doubted not that the doctor would be able to
+do it.
+
+Henry Lennox started as swiftly as possible for the house of the
+physician, four miles off. He took a small motor-car, did the
+journey along empty roads in twelve minutes, and was back again
+with Dr. Mannering in less than half an hour.
+
+The people, whose visit of pleasure was thus painfully brought to
+a close, moved about whispering on the terrace. They had as yet
+heard no details, and were considering whether it would be possible
+to get off at once, or necessary to wait until the morrow.
+
+Their natural desire was to depart, since they could not be of any
+service to the stricken household; but no facilities existed on
+Sunday. They walked about in little groups. One or two, desiring
+to smoke but feeling that to do so would appear callous, descended
+into the seclusion of the garden. Then Ernest Travers joined them.
+He was important, but could only tell them that May had disobeyed
+his father-in-law, slept in the Grey Room, and died there. He gave
+them details and declared that in his opinion it would be unseemly
+to attempt to leave until the following day.
+
+"Sir Walter would feel it," he said. "He is bearing up well. He
+will lunch with us. My wife tells me that Mary, Mrs. May, is very
+sadly. That is natural--an awful blow. I find myself incapable of
+grasping it. To think of so much boyish good spirits and such
+vitality extinguished in this way."
+
+"Can we do anything on earth for them?" asked Millicent
+Fayre-Michell.
+
+"Nothing--nothing. If I may advise, I think we had all better go
+to church. By so doing we get out of the way for a time and please
+dear Sir Walter. I shall certainly go."
+
+They greeted the suggestion--indeed, clutched at it. Their
+bewildered minds welcomed action. They were hushed and perturbed.
+Death, crashing in upon them thus, left them more than uncomfortable.
+Some, at the bottom of their souls, felt almost indignant that an
+event so horrible should have disturbed the level tenor of their
+lives. They shared the most profound sympathy for the sufferers
+as well as for themselves. Some discovered that their own physical
+bodies were upset, too, and felt surprised at the depth of their
+emotions.
+
+"It isn't as if it were natural," Felix Fayre-Michell persisted.
+"Don't imagine that for a moment."
+
+"It's too creepy--I can't believe it," declared his niece. She
+was incapable of suffering much for anybody, and her excitement
+had a flavour not wholly bitter. She saw herself describing these
+events at other house parties. It would be unfair to say that she
+was enjoying herself; still she knew nobody at Chadlands very well,
+it was her first visit, and adventures are, after all, adventures.
+Her uncle discussed the psychic significance of the tragedy, and
+gave instances of similar events. One or two listened to him for
+lack of anything better to do. There was a general sensation of
+blankness. They were all thrown. Life had let them down. Under
+the circumstances, to most of them it seemed an excellent idea to
+go to church. Vane joined them presently. He was able to give
+them many details and excite their interest. They crowded round
+him, and he spoke nakedly. Death was nothing to him--he had seen
+so much. They heard the motor return with Dr. Mannering.
+
+"We're so out of it," said Mr. Miles Handford, a stout man from
+Yorkshire--a wealthy landowner and sportsman.
+
+He was unaccustomed to be out of anything in his environment, and
+he showed actual irritation.
+
+"Thank Heaven we are, I should think!" answered another; and the
+first speaker frowned at him.
+
+Ernest Travers joined them presently. He had put on a black tie
+and wore black gloves and a silk hat.
+
+"If you accompany me," he said, "I can show you the short way by a
+field path. It cuts off half a mile. I have told Sir Walter we
+all go to church, and he asked me if we would like the motors; but
+I felt, the day being fine, you would agree with me that we might
+walk. He is terribly crushed, but taking it like the man he is."
+
+Miles Handford and Fayre-Michell followed the church party in the
+rear, and relieved their minds by criticizing Mr. Travers.
+
+"Officious ass!" said the stout man. "A typical touch that black
+tie! A decent-minded person would have felt this appalling tragedy
+far too much to think of such a trifle. I hope I shall never see
+the brute again."
+
+"It seems too grotesque marching to church like a lot of children,
+because he tells us to do so," murmured Fayre-Michell.
+
+"I don't want to go. I only want distraction. In fact, I don't
+think I shall go," added Mr. Handford. But a woman urged him to
+do so.
+
+"Sir Walter would like it," she said.
+
+"It's all very sad and very exasperating indeed," declared the
+Yorkshireman; "and it shows, if that wanted showing, that there's
+far, far less consideration among young men for their elders than
+there used to be in my young days. If my father-in-law had told me
+not to do a thing, the very wish to do it would have disappeared
+at once."
+
+"Sir Walter was as clear as need be," added Felix. "We all heard
+him. Then the young fool--Heaven forgive him--behind everybody's
+back goes and plays with fire in this insane way."
+
+"The selfishness! Just look at the inconvenience--the upset--the
+suffering to his relations and the worry for all of us. All our
+plans must be altered--everything upset, life for the moment
+turned upside down--a woman's heart broken very likely--and all
+for a piece of disobedient folly. Such things make one out of tune
+with Providence. They oughtn't to happen. They don't happen in
+Yorkshire. Devonshire appears to be a slacker's county. It's the
+air, I shouldn't wonder."
+
+"Education, and law and order, and the discipline inculcated in the
+Navy ought to have prevented this," continued Fayre-Michell. "Who
+ever heard of a sailor disobeying--except Nelson?"
+
+"He's paid, poor fellow," said his niece, who walked beside him.
+
+"We have all paid," declared the north countryman. "We have all
+paid the price; and the price has been a great deal of suffering
+and discomfort and stress of mind that we ought not have been
+called upon to endure. One resents such things in a stable world."
+
+"Well, I'm not going to church, anyway. I must smoke for my nerves.
+I'm a psychic myself, and I react to a thing of this sort," replied
+Fayre-Michell.
+
+From a distant stile between two fields Mr. Travers, some hundred
+yards ahead, was waving directions and pointing to the left.
+
+"Go to Jericho!" snapped Mr. Handford, but not loud enough for
+Ernest Travers to hear him.
+
+A little ring of bells throbbed thin music. It rose and fell on
+the easterly breeze and a squat grey tower, over which floated a
+white ensign on a flagstaff, appeared upon a little knoll of trees
+in the midst of the village of Chadlands.
+
+Presently the bells stopped, and the flag was brought down to
+half-mast. Mr. Travers had reached the church.
+
+"A maddening sort of man," said Miles Handford, who marked these
+phenomena. "Be sure Sir Walter never told him to do anything of
+that sort. He has taken it upon himself--a theatrical mind. If
+I were the vicar--"
+
+Elsewhere Dr. Mannering heard what Henry Lennox could tell him as
+they returned to the manor house together. He displayed very deep
+concern combined with professional interest. He recalled the story
+that Sir Walter had related on the previous night.
+
+"Not a shadow of evidence--a perfectly healthy little woman; and
+it will be the same here as sure as I'm alive," he said. "To think--
+we shot side by side yesterday, and I remarked his fine physique
+and wonderful high spirits--a big, tough fellow. How's poor Mary?"
+
+"She is pretty bad, but keeping her nerve, as she would be sure to
+do," declared the other.
+
+Sir Walter was with his daughter when Mannering arrived. The
+doctor had been a crony of the elder for many years. He was about
+the average of a country physician--a hard-bitten, practical man
+who loved his profession, loved sport, and professed conservative
+principles. Experience stood in place of high qualifications, but
+he kept in touch with medical progress, to the extent of reading
+about it and availing himself of improved methods and preparations
+when opportunity offered. He examined the dead man very carefully,
+indicated how his posture might be rendered more normal, and
+satisfied himself that human power was incapable of restoring the
+vanished life. He could discover no visible indication of violence
+and no apparent excuse for Tom May's sudden end. He listened with
+attention to the little that Henry Lennox could tell him, and then
+went to see Mary May and her father.
+
+The young wife had grown more collected, but she was dazed rather
+than reconciled to her fate; her mind had not yet absorbed the full
+extent of her sorrow. She talked incessantly and dwelt on
+trivialities, as people will under a weight of events too large
+to measure or discuss.
+
+"I am going to write to Tom's father," she said. "This will be an
+awful blow to him. He was wrapped up in Tom. And to think that I
+was troubling about his letter! He will never see the sea he loved
+so much again. He always hated that verse in the Bible that says
+there will be no more sea. I was asleep so near him last night.
+Yet I never heard him cry out or anything."
+
+Mannering talked gently to her.
+
+"Be sure he did not cry out. He felt no pain, no shock--I am sure
+of that. To die is no hardship to the dead, remember. He is at
+peace, Mary. You must come and see him presently. Your father
+will call you soon. There is just a look of wonder in his face--
+no fear, no suffering. Keep that in mind."
+
+"He could not have felt fear. He knew of nothing that a brave man
+might fear, except doing wrong. Nobody knows how good he was but
+me. His father loved him fiercely, passionately; but he never knew
+how good he was, because Tom did not think quite like old Mr. May.
+I must write and say that Tom is dangerously ill, and cannot
+recover. That will break it to him. Tom was the only earthly
+affection he had. It will be terrible when he comes."
+
+They left her, and, after they had gone, she rose, fell on her
+knees, and so remained, motionless and tearless, for a long time.
+Through her own desolation, as yet unrealized, there still persisted
+the thought of her husband's father. It seemed that her mind could
+dwell on his isolation, while powerless to present the truth of her
+husband's death to her. By some strange mental operation, not
+unbeneficent, she saw his grief more vividly than as yet she felt
+her own. She rose presently, quick-eared to wait the call, and
+went to her desk in the window. Then she wrote a letter to her
+father-in-law, and pictured his ministering at that moment to
+his church. Her inclination was to soften the blow, yet she knew
+that could only be a cruel kindness. She told him, therefore, that
+his son must die. Then she remembered that he was so near. A
+telegram must go rather than a letter, and he would be at
+Chadlands before nightfall. She destroyed her letter and set about
+a telegram. Jane Bond came in, and she asked her to dispatch the
+telegram as quickly as possible. Her old nurse, an elderly
+spinster, to whom Mary was the first consideration in existence,
+had brought her a cup of soup and some toast. It had seemed to
+Jane the right thing to do.
+
+Mary thanked her and drank a little. She passed through a mental
+phase as of dreaming--a sensation familiar in sleep; but she knew
+that this was not a sleeping but a waking experience. She waited
+for her father, yet dreaded to hear him return. She thought of
+human footsteps and the difference between them. She remembered
+that she would never hear Tom's long stride again.
+
+It often broke into a run, she remembered, as he approached her;
+and she would often run toward him, too--to banish the space that
+separated them. She blamed herself bitterly that she had decreed
+to sleep in her old nursery. She had loved it so, and the small
+bed that had held her from childhood; yet, if she had slept with
+him, this might not have happened.
+
+"To think that only a wall separated us!" she kept saying to
+herself. "And I sleeping and dreaming of him, and he dying only
+a few yards away."
+
+Death was no disaster for Tom, so the doctor had said. What
+worthless wisdom! And perhaps not even wisdom. Who knows what a
+disaster death may be? And who would ever know what he had felt
+at the end, or what his mind had suffered if time had been given
+him to understand that he was going to die? She worked herself
+into agony, lost self-control at last and wept, with Jane Bond's
+arms round her.
+
+"And I was so troubled, because I thought he had been called back
+to his ship!" she said.
+
+"He's called to a better place than a ship, dear love," sobbed Jane.
+
+After they left her, Sir Walter and Dr. Mannering had entered the
+Grey Room for a moment and, standing there, spoke together.
+
+"I have a strange consciousness that I am living over the past
+again," declared the physician. "Things were just so when that
+poor woman, Nurse Forrester--you remember."
+
+"Yes. I felt the same when Caunter was breaking open the door. I
+faced the worst from the beginning, for the moment I heard what he
+had done, I somehow knew that my unfortunate son-in-law was dead.
+I directly negatived his suggestion last night, and never dreamed
+that he would have gone on with it when he knew my wish."
+
+"Doubtless he did not realize how much in earnest you were on the
+subject. This may well prove as impossible to understand as the
+nurse's death. I do not say it will; but I suspect it will. A
+perfectly healthy creature cut off in a moment and nothing to show
+us why--absolutely nothing."
+
+"A death without a cause--a negation of science surely?"
+
+"There is a cause, but I do not think this dreadful tragedy will
+reveal it," answered the doctor. "I pray it may, however, for all
+our sakes," he continued. "It is impossible to say how deeply I
+feel this for her, but also for you, and myself, too. He was one
+of the best, a good sportsman and a good man."
+
+"And a great loss to the Service," added Sir Walter. "I have not
+considered all this means yet. My thoughts are centred on Mary."
+
+"You must let me spare you all I can, my friend. There will be an
+inquest, of course, and an inquiry. Also a post-mortem. Shall I
+communicate with Dr. Mordred to-day, or would you prefer that
+somebody else--"
+
+"Somebody else. The most famous man you know. From no disrespect
+to Dr. Mordred, or to you, Mannering. You understand that. But I
+should like an independent examination by some great authority,
+some one who knew nothing of the former case. This is an appalling
+thing to happen. I don't know where to begin thinking."
+
+"Do not put too great a strain upon yourself. Leave it to those
+who will come to the matter with all their wits and without your
+personal sorrow. An independent inquirer is certainly best, one
+who, as you say, knows nothing about the former case."
+
+"I don't know where to begin thinking," repeated the other. "Such
+a thing upsets one's preconceived opinions. I had always regarded
+my aversion to this room as a human weakness--a thing to be
+conquered. Look round you. Would it be possible to imagine an
+apartment with less of evil suggestion?"
+
+The other made a perfunctory examination, went into every corner,
+tapped the walls and stared at the ceiling. The clean morning
+light showed its intricate pattern of interwoven circles
+converging from the walls to the centre, and so creating a sense
+of a lofty dome instead of a flat surface. In the centre was a
+boss of a conventional lily flower opening its petals.
+
+"The room should not be touched till after the inquest, I think.
+Indeed, if I may advise, you will do well to leave it just as it
+is for the police to see."
+
+"They will want to see it, I imagine?"
+
+"Unless you communicate direct with Scotland Yard, ask for a special
+inquiry, and beg that the local men are not employed. There is
+reason in that, for it is quite certain that nobody here would be
+of any greater use to you than they were before."
+
+"Act for me then, please. Explain that money is no object, and
+ask them to send the most accomplished and experienced men in the
+service. But they are only concerned with crime. This may be
+outside their scope."
+
+"We cannot say as to that. We cannot even assert that this is not
+a crime. We know nothing."
+
+"A crime needs a criminal, Mannering."
+
+"That is so; but what would be criminal, if human agency were
+responsible for it, might, nevertheless, be the work of forces to
+which the word criminal cannot be applied."
+
+Sir Walter stared at him.
+
+"Is it possible you suggest a supernatural cause for this?"
+
+The doctor shook his head.
+
+"Emphatically not, though I am not a materialist, as you are aware.
+My generation of practitioners has little difficulty in reconciling
+our creed with our cult, though few of the younger men are able to
+do so, I admit. But science is science, and not for a moment do I
+imagine anything supernatural here. I think, however, there are
+unconscious forces at work, and those responsible for setting those
+forces in action would be criminals without a doubt, if they knew
+what they were doing. The man who fires a rifle at an animal, if
+he hits and kills it, is the destroyer, though he may operate from
+half a mile away. On the other hand, the agents may be unconscious
+of what they are doing."
+
+"There is no human being in this house for whom I would not answer."
+
+"I know it. We beat the wind. It will be time enough to consider
+presently. Indeed, I should rather that you strove to relieve your
+mind of the problem. You have enough to do without that. Leave it
+to those professionally trained in such mysteries. If a man is
+responsible for this atrocious thing, then it should be within the
+reach of man's wits to find him. We failed before; but this time
+no casual examination of this place, or the antecedents of your
+son-in-law's life, will serve the purpose. We must go to the
+bottom, or, rather, skilled minds, trained to do so, must go to the
+bottom. They will approach the subject from a different angle.
+They will come unprejudiced and unperturbed. If there has been
+foul play, they will find it out. In my opinion it is incredible
+that they will be baffled."
+
+"The best men engaged in such work must come to help us. I cannot
+bring myself to believe the room is haunted, and that this is the
+operation of an evil force outside Nature, yet permitted by the
+Creator to destroy human life. The idea is too horrible--it
+revolts me, Mannering."
+
+"Well, it may do so. Banish any such irrational thought from your
+mind. It is not worthy of you. I must go now. I will telegraph
+to London--to Sir Howard Fellowes--also, I think to the State
+authorities on forensic medicine. A Government analyst must do
+his part. Shall I communicate with Scotland Yard to-day?"
+
+"Leave that until the evening. You will come again to see Mary,
+please."
+
+"Mosr certainly I shall. At three o'clock I should have a reply
+to my messages. I will go into Newton Abbot and telephone from
+there."
+
+"I thank you, Mannering. I wish it were possible to do more myself.
+My mind is cruelly shaken. This awful experience has made an old
+man of me."
+
+"Don't say that. It is awful enough, I admit. But life is full
+of awful things. Would that you might have escaped them!"
+
+"Henry will help you, if it is in his power. It would be well if
+we could give him something to do. He feels guilty in a way. I
+have little time to observe other people; but--"
+
+"He's all right. He can run into Newton with me now. It looks to
+me as though his own life had hung on the pitch of a coin. They
+tossed up! After that--so he tells me--he tried to dissuade
+your son-in-law, but failed. Lennox is rather cowed and dismayed--
+naturally. The young, however, survive mental and physical
+disasters and recover in the most amazing manner. Their mental
+recuperation is on a par with their bodily powers of recovery.
+Nature is on their side. Let me urge you to go down and take food.
+If you can even lunch with your party I should. It will distract
+your mind."
+
+Sir Walter declared that he had intended to do so.
+
+"I am an old soldier," he said. "It shall not be thought I evade
+my obligations for personal sorrow. As for this room, it is
+accursed and I am in a mind to destroy it utterly."
+
+"Wait--wait. We shall see what our fellow-men can find out for us.
+Do not think, because I am practical and business-like, I am not
+feeling this. Seldom have I had such a shock in nearly forty years'
+work. You know, without my telling you, how deep and heartfelt is
+my sympathy. I feel for you both from my soul."
+
+"I am sure of that. I will try and forget myself for the present.
+I must go to my guests. I am very sorry for them also. It is a
+fearful experience to crash upon their party of pleasure."
+
+"I hope Travers may stay. He is a comfort to you, is he not?"
+
+"Nobody can be a comfort just now. I shall not ask him to stay.
+Fortunately Henry is here. He will stop for the present. Mary is
+all that matters. I shall take her away as quickly as possible
+and devote my every thought to her."
+
+"I'm sure you will. It is a sad duty, but may prove a very
+necessary one. Their devotion was absolute. It must go hard with
+her when she realizes the whole meaning of this."
+
+He went his way, and Sir Walter returned to his child again. With
+her he visited the dead, when told that he could do so. She was
+now very self-controlled. She stopped a little while only beside
+her husband.
+
+"How beautiful and happy he looks," she said. "But what I loved
+is gone; and, going, it has changed all the rest. This is not Tom--
+only the least part of him."
+
+Her father bowed his head.
+
+"I felt so when your mother died, my dearest child."
+
+Then she knelt down and put her hand on the hand of the dead man
+and prayed. Her father knelt beside her, and it was he, not the
+young widow, who wept.
+
+She rose presently.
+
+"I can think of him better away from him now," she said. "I will
+not see him again."
+
+They returned to her old nursery, and he told her that he was going
+to face life and take the head of his table at luncheon.
+
+"How brave of you, dear father," she said. Sir Walter waited for
+the gong to sound, but it did not, and he rebuked himself for
+thinking that it would sound. Masters had a more correct sense of
+the fitness of things than he. He thought curiously upon this
+incident, and suspected that he must be unhinged a little. Then
+he remembered a thing that he had desired to say to Mary and
+returned to her.
+
+"I do not wish you to sleep in this room to-night, my darling," he
+said.
+
+"Jane has begged me not to. I am going to sleep with her," she
+answered.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+"BY THE HAND OF GOD"
+
+
+Sir Walter always remembered that Sunday luncheon and declared that
+it reminded him of a very painful experience in his early life.
+When big-game shooting in South Africa, he had once been tossed by
+a wounded buffalo bull. By good chance the creature threw him into
+a gully some feet lower than the surrounding bush. Thus it lost
+him, and he was safe from destruction. There, however, he remained
+with a broken leg for some hours until rescued; and during that
+time the mosquitoes caused him unspeakable torments.
+
+To-day the terrible disaster of the morning became temporarily
+overshadowed by the necessity of enduring his friends' comments
+upon it. The worst phase of the ordeal was their pity. Sir Walter
+had never been pitied in his life, and detested the experience.
+This stream of sympathy and the chastened voices much oppressed him.
+He was angry with himself also, for a guilty conviction that, in
+truth, the interest of the visitors exceeded their grief. He felt
+it base to suspect them of any such thing; but the buzz of their
+polite expressions, combined with their cautious questions and
+evident thirst for knowledge, caused him exquisite uneasiness.
+
+They all wanted to know everything he could tell them concerning
+Tom May. Had he enemies? Was it conceivable that he might have
+even bitter and unscrupulous enemies?
+
+"Dear Mary is keeping up splendidly," said Mrs. Travers. "She is
+magnificent. Thank Heaven I have been some little help to her."
+
+"You have, Nelly, without a doubt."
+
+"Do try to eat more, Walter," urged Ernest Travers. "Much lies
+before you. Indeed, the worst has yet to come. You must keep up
+for all our sakes. How thankfully I would share your load if I
+could!"
+
+"I hope you are going to make this an official matter, Sir Walter,
+and communicate with the Society for Psychical Research," urged
+Felix Fayre-Michell. "It is just a case for them. In fact, when
+this gets known widely, as it must, of course, a great many skilled
+inquirers will wish to visit Chadlands and spend a night in the
+room."
+
+"The police will have to be considered first," declared Colonel
+Vane. "This is, of course, a police affair. I should think they
+will so regard it. There is the Service, too. The Admiralty will
+be sure to do something."
+
+"Is he to be buried at Chadlands? I suppose so, poor fellow,"
+murmured Ernest Travers. "I think your family graves so
+distinguished, Walter--so simple and fine and modest--just
+perfectly kept, grassy mounds, and simple inscriptions. I was
+looking at them after service to-day. The vicar made a very
+tactful allusion to the great grief that had overtaken the lord of
+the manor at the end of his sermon."
+
+Henry assisted his uncle to the best of his power. It was he who
+went into the question of the Sunday service from the neighboring
+market town, and proved, to the relief of Colonel Vane and Mr.
+Miles Handford, that they might leave in comfort before nightfall
+and catch a train to London.
+
+"A car is going in later, to meet poor Tom's father," he said,
+"and if it's any convenience, it would take you both."
+
+The pair thankfully agreed.
+
+Then Colonel Vane interested Sir Walter in spite of himself. The
+latter had spoken of an inquiry, and Vane urged a distinguished
+name upon him.
+
+"Do get Peter Hardcastle if you can," he said. "He's absolutely
+top hole at this sort of thing at present--an amazing beggar."
+
+"I seem to have heard the name."
+
+"Who hasn't? It was he who got to the bottom of that weird murder
+in Yorkshire."
+
+"It was weird," said Handford. "I knew intimate friends of the
+murdered man."
+
+"A crime for which no logical reason existed," continued the
+colonel. "It puzzled everybody, till Hardcastle succeeded where
+his superior officers at Scotland Yard had failed. I believe he's
+still young. But that was less amazing than the German spy--you
+remember now, Sir Walter? The spy had been too clever for England
+and France--thanks to a woman who helped him. Peter Hardcastle
+got to know her; then he actually disguised himself as the woman--
+of course without her knowledge--arrested her, and kept an
+appointment that she had made with the spy. What was the spy
+called? I forget."
+
+"Wundt," said Felix Fayre-Michell.
+
+"No, I don't think so. Hardt or Hardfelt, or something like that."
+
+"Anyway, a jolly wonderful thing. He's the first man at this
+business, and I hope you'll be able to secure him."
+
+"If he comes, Sir Walter, don't let it be known that he is here.
+Keep it a secret. If Hardcastle could come down as your guest,
+and nobody know he was here, it might help him to succeed."
+
+"And if he fails, then I hope you'll invite the Psychical Research
+Society."
+
+Sir Walter let the chatter flow past him; but he concentrated on
+the name of Peter Hardcastle. He remembered the story of the spy,
+and the sensation it had aroused.
+
+Millicent Fayre-Michell also remembered it.
+
+"Mr. Hardcastle declined to let his photograph be published in the
+halfpenny papers, I remember," she said. "That struck me as so
+wonderful. There was a reason given--that he did not wish the
+public to know him by sight. I believe he is never seen as himself,
+and that he makes up just as easily to look like a woman as a man."
+
+"Some people believe he is a woman."
+
+"No! You don't say that?"
+
+"To have made up as that German's friend and so actually reached
+his presence--nay, secured him! It is certainly one of the most
+remarkable pages in the annals of crime," said Ernest Travers.
+
+"Is he attached to Scotland Yard still, or does he work
+independently?" asked Miles Handford.
+
+"I don't know yet. Mannering has already urged me to consult
+Scotland Yard at once. Indeed, he was going to approach them
+to-day. Mr. Hardcastle shall certainly be invited to do what he
+can. I shall leave no stone unturned to reach the truth. Yet what
+even such a man can do is difficult to see. The walls of the Grey
+Room are solid, the floor is of sound oak, the ceiling is nine
+or ten inches thick, and supported by immense beams. The hearth
+is modern, and the chimney not large enough to admit a human being.
+This was proved twelve years ago."
+
+"Give him a free hand all the same--with servants and everybody.
+I should ask him to come as your guest, then nobody need know who
+he is, and he can pursue his investigations the more freely."
+
+Felix Fayre-Michell made this suggestion after luncheon was ended,
+and Masters and Fred Caunter had left the room. Then the
+conversation showed signs of drifting back to sentimentality. Sir
+Walter saw it coming in their eyes, and sought to head them off by
+inquiring concerning their own movements.
+
+"Can I be of any service to simplify your plans? I fear this
+terrible event has put you all to great inconvenience."
+
+"Our inconvenience is nothing beside your sorrow, dear Walter,"
+said Nelly Travers.
+
+All declared that if they could serve the cause in any way they
+would gladly stop at Chadlands, but since they were powerless to
+assist, they felt that the sooner they departed the better.
+
+"We go, but we leave our undying sympathy and commiseration, dear
+friend," declared Mr. Travers. "Believe me, this has aged my wife
+and myself. Probably it would not be an exaggeration to say it
+has aged us all. That he should have come through Jutland, done
+worthy deeds, won honorable mention and the D. S. O., then to be
+snatched out of life in this incomprehensible manner--nay,
+perhaps even by supernatural means, for we cannot yet actually
+declare it is not so. All this makes it impossible to say much
+that can comfort you or dear Mary. Time must pass I fear, Walter.
+You must get her away into another environment. Thank Heaven she
+has youth on her side."
+
+"Yes, yes, I shall live for her, be sure of that." He left them and
+presently spoke to his nephew alone in his study.
+
+"Do what you can for them. Handford and Vane are getting off this
+afternoon, the rest early to-morrow. I don't think I shall be able
+to dine with them to-night. Tom's father will be here. I fear he
+is likely to be prostrated when he knows that all is over."
+
+"No, he's not that kind of man, uncle. Mary tells me he will want
+to get to the bottom of this in his own way. He's one of the
+fighting sort, but he believes in a lot of queer things. I'm going
+in to Newton with Colonel Vane, and shall meet Mannering there
+about--about Sir Howard Fellowes. He'll come down to-morrow, no
+doubt, perhaps to-night. Mannering will know."
+
+"And tell Mannering to insist on a detective called Peter
+Hardcastle for the inquiry. If he's left Scotland Yard and acting
+independently, none the less engage him. I shall, of course,
+thankfully pay anything to get this tragedy explained."
+
+"Be sure they will explain it."
+
+"If they do not I shall be tempted to leave altogether. Indeed, I
+may do so in any case. Mary will never reconcile herself to live
+here now."
+
+"Don't bother about the future, don't think about it. Consider
+yourself, and take a little rest this afternoon. Everybody is very
+concerned for you, they mean to be awfully decent in their way; but
+I know how they try you. They can't help it. Such a thing takes
+them out of their daily round, and beggars their experience, and
+makes them excited and tactless. There's no precedent for them,
+and you know how most people depend on precedent and how they're
+bowled over before anything new."
+
+"I will go to Mary, I think. Has the undertaker been?"
+
+"Yes, uncle."
+
+"I want him to be buried with us here. I should not suppose his
+father will object."
+
+"Not likely. Mary would wish it so."
+
+"It was so typical of Mary to think of Septimus May before everybody.
+She put her own feelings from her that she might soften the blow
+for him."
+
+"She would."
+
+"Are you equal to telling the clergyman at the station that his
+son is dead, or can't you trust yourself to do it?"
+
+"I expect he'll know it well enough, but I'll tell him everything
+there is to tell. I remember long ago, after the wedding, that he
+was interested in haunted rooms, and said he believed in such
+things on Scriptural grounds."
+
+Sir Walter took pause at this statement.
+
+"That is news to me. Supposing he--However, we need not trouble
+ourselves with him yet. He will, of course, be as deeply concerned
+to get to the bottom of this as I am, though we must not interfere,
+or make the inquiry harder for Hardcastle than he is bound to find
+it."
+
+"Certainly nobody must interfere. I only hope we can get Peter
+Hardcastle."
+
+"Tell them to call me when Mr. May arrives, and not sooner. I'll
+see Mary, then lie down for an hour or two."
+
+"You feel all right? Should you care to see Mannering?"
+
+"I am right enough. Say 'Good-bye' to Vane and Miles Handford for
+me. They may have to return here presently. One can't tell who
+may be wanted, and who may not be. I don't know--these things are
+outside my experience; but they had better both leave you their
+directions."
+
+"I'll ask them."
+
+Sir Walter visited his daughter, and changed his mind about
+sleeping. She was passing through an hour of unspeakable horror.
+The dark temple of realization had opened for her and she was
+treading its dreary aisles. Henceforth for long days--she told
+herself for ever--sorrow and sense of unutterable loss must be her
+companions and share her waking hours.
+
+They stopped together alone till the dusk came down and Mannering
+returned. He stayed but a few minutes, and presently they heard
+his car start again, while that containing the departing guests
+and Henry Lennox immediately followed it.
+
+In due course Septimus May returned to Chadlands with him. The
+clergyman had heard of his son's end, and went immediately to see
+the dead man. There Mary joined him, and witnessed his self-control
+under very shattering grief. He was thin, clean-shaven--a grey man
+with smouldering eyes and an expression of endurance. A fanatic
+in faith, by virtue of certain asperities of mind and a critical
+temperament, he had never made friends, won his parish into close
+ties, nor advanced the cause of his religion as he had yearned to
+do. With the zeal of a reformer, he had entered the ministry in
+youth; but while commanding respect for his own rule of conduct and
+the example he set his little flock, their affection he never won.
+The people feared him, and dreaded his stern criticism. Once
+certain spirits, smarting under pulpit censure, had sought to be
+rid of him; but no grounds existed on which they could eject the
+reverend gentleman or challenge his status. He remained, therefore,
+as many like him remain, embedded in his parish and unknown beyond
+it. He was a poor student of human nature and life had dimmed his
+old ambitions, soured his hopes; but it had not clouded his faith.
+With a passionate fervor he believed all that he tried to teach,
+and held that an almighty, all loving and all merciful God
+controlled every destiny, ordered existence for the greatest and
+least, and allowed nothing to happen upon earth that was not the
+best that could happen for the immortal beings He had created in
+His own image. Upon this assurance fell the greatest, almost the
+only, blow that life could deal Septimus May. He was stricken
+suddenly, fearfully with his unutterable loss; but his agony turned
+into prayer while he knelt beside his son. He prayed with a fiery
+intensity and a resonant vibration of voice that scorched rather
+than comforted the woman who knelt beside him. The fervor of the
+man's emotion and the depth of his conviction, running like a
+torrent through the narrow channels of his understanding, were
+destined presently to complicate a situation sufficiently painful
+without intervention; for a time swiftly came when Septimus May
+forced his beliefs upon Chadlands and opposed them to the opinions
+of other people as deeply concerned as himself to explain the death
+of his son.
+
+Mr. May, learning that most of the house party could not depart
+until the following morning, absented himself from dinner; indeed,
+he spent his time almost entirely with his boy, and when night
+came kept vigil beside him. Something of the strange possession
+of his mind already appeared, in curious hints that puzzled Sir
+Walter; but it was not until after the post-mortem examination
+and inquest that his extraordinary views were elaborated.
+
+Millicent Fayre-Michell and her uncle were the first to depart on
+the following day. The girl harbored a grievance.
+
+"Surely Mary might have seen me a moment to say 'Good-bye,'" she
+said. "It's a very dreadful thing, but we've been so sympathetic
+and understanding about it that I think they ought to feel rather
+grateful. They might realize how trying it is for us, too. And
+to let me go without even seeing her--she saw Mrs. Travers over
+and over again."
+
+"Do not mind. Grief makes people selfish," declared Felix.
+"Probably we should not have acted so. I think we should have
+hidden our sufferings and faced our duty; but perhaps we are
+exceptional. I dare say Mrs. May will write and express regret and
+gratitude later. We must allow for her youth and sorrow."
+
+Mr. Fayre-Michell rather prided himself on the charity of this
+conclusion.
+
+When Mr. and Mrs. Travers departed, Sir Walter bade them farewell.
+The lady wept, and her tears fell on his hand as he held it. She
+was hysterical.
+
+"For Heaven's sake don't let Mary be haunted by that dreadful
+priest," she said. "There is something terrible about him. He
+has no bowels of compassion. I tried to console him for the loss
+of his son, and he turned upon me as if I were weak-minded."
+
+"I had to tell him he was being rude and forgetting that he spoke
+to a lady," said Ernest Travers. "One makes every allowance for a
+father's sufferings; but they should not take the form of abrupt
+and harsh speech to a sympathetic fellow-creature--nay, to anyone,
+let alone a woman. His sacred calling ought to--"
+
+"A man's profession cannot alter his manners, my dear Ernest; they
+come from defects of temperament, no doubt. May must not be judged.
+His faith would move mountains."
+
+"So would mine," said Ernest Travers, "and so would yours, Walter.
+But it is perfectly possible to be a Christian and a gentleman. To
+imply that our faith was weak because we expressed ordinary human
+emotions and pitied him unfeignedly for the loss of his only child--"
+
+"Good-bye, good-bye, my dear friends," answered the other. "I
+cannot say how I esteem your kindly offices in this affliction.
+May we meet again presently. God bless and keep you both."
+
+The post-mortem examination revealed no physical reason why Thomas
+May should have ceased to breathe. Neither did the subsequent
+investigations of a Government analytical chemist throw any light
+upon the sailor's sudden death. No cause existed, and therefore
+none could be reported at the inquest held a day later.
+
+The coroner's jury brought in a verdict rarely heard, but none
+dissented from it. They held that May had received his death "by
+the hand of God."
+
+"All men receive death from the hand of God," said Septimus May,
+when the judicial inquiry was ended. "They receive life from the
+hand of God also. But, while bowing to that, there is a great
+deal more we are called to do when God's hand falls as it has fallen
+upon my son. To-night I shall pray beside his dust, and presently,
+when he is at peace, I shall be guided. There is a grave duty
+beside me, Sir Walter, and none must come between me and that duty."
+
+"There is a duty before all of us, and be sure nobody will shrink
+from it. I have done what is right, so far. We have secured a
+famous detective--the most famous in England, they tell me. He
+is called Peter Hardcastle, and he will, I hope, be able to arrive
+here immediately."
+
+The clergyman shook his head.
+
+"I will say nothing at present," he answered. "But, believe me, a
+thousand detectives cannot explain my son's death. I shall return
+to this subject after the funeral, Sir Walter. But my conviction
+grows that the reason of these things will never be revealed to the
+eye of science. To the eye of faith alone we must trust the
+explanation of what has happened. There are things concealed from
+the wise and prudent--to be revealed unto babes."
+
+That night the master of Chadlands, his nephew, and the priest
+dined together, and Henry Lennox implored a privilege.
+
+"I feel I owe it to poor Tom in a way," he said. "I beg that you
+will let me spend the night in the Grey Room, Uncle Walter. I
+would give my soul to clear this."
+
+But his uncle refused with a curt shake of the head, and the
+clergyman uttered a reproof.
+
+"Do not speak so lightly," he said. "You use a common phrase and
+a very objectionable phrase, young man. Do you rate your soul so
+low that you would surrender it for the satisfaction of a morbid
+craving? For that is all this amounts to. Not to such an inquirer
+will my son's death reveal its secret."
+
+"I have already received half-a-dozen letters from people offering
+and wishing to spend a night in that accursed room," said Sir Walter.
+
+"Do not call it 'accursed' until you know more," urged Septimus May.
+
+"You have indeed charity," answered the other.
+
+"Why withhold charity? We must approach the subject in the only
+spirit that can disarm the danger. These inquirers who seek to
+solve the mystery are not concerned with my son's death, only the
+means that brought it about. Not to such as they will any answer
+be vouchsafed, and not to the spirit of materialistic inquiry,
+either. I speak what I know, and will say more upon the subject
+at another time."
+
+"You cannot accept this awful thing without resentment or demur,
+Mr. May?" asked Henry Lennox.
+
+"Who shall demur? Did not even the unenlightened men who formed
+the coroner's jury declare that Tom passed into another world by
+the hand of God? Can we question our Creator? I, too, desire as
+much as any human being can an explanation; what is more, I am far
+more confident of an explanation than you or any other man. But
+that is because I already know the only road by which it will
+please God to send an explanation. And that is not the road which
+scientists or rationalists are used to travel. It is a road that
+I must be allowed to walk alone."
+
+He left them after dinner, and returned to his daughter-in-law.
+She had determined not to attend the funeral, but Mr. May argued
+with her, examined her reasons, found them, in his opinion, not
+sufficient, and prevailed with her to change her mind.
+
+"Drink the cup to the dregs," he said. "This is our grief, our
+trial. None feel and know what we feel and know, and your youth
+is called to bear a burden heavy to be borne. You must stand
+beside his grave as surely as I must commit him to it."
+
+Men will go far to look upon the coffin of one whose end happens
+to be mysterious or terrible. The death of Sir Walter's son-in-law
+had made much matter for the newspapers, and not only Chadlands,
+but the countryside converged upon the naval funeral, lined the
+route to the grave, and crowded the little burying ground where
+the dead man would lie. Cameras pointed their eyes at the
+gun-carriage and the mourners behind it. The photographers worked
+for a sort of illustrated paper that tramples with a swine's hoofs
+and routs up with a swine's nose the matter its clients best love
+to purchase. Mary, supported by her father and her cousin,
+preserved a brave composure. Indeed, she was less visibly moved
+than they. It seemed that the ascetic parent of the dead had
+power to lift the widow to his own stern self-control. The chaplain
+of Tom May's ship assisted at the service, but Septimus May
+conducted it. Not a few old messmates attended, for the sailor had
+been popular, and his unexpected death brought genuine grief to
+many men. Under a pile of flowers the coffin was carried to the
+grave. Rare and precious blossoms came from Sir Walter's friends,
+and H. M. S. Indomitable sent a mighty anchor of purple violets.
+Mr. May read the service without a tremor, but his eyes blazed out
+of his lean head, and there lacked not other signs to indicate the
+depth of emotion he concealed. Then the bluejackets who had drawn
+the gun-carriage fired a volley, and the rattle of their musketry
+echoed sharply from the church tower.
+
+Upon the evening of the day that followed Septimus May resumed the
+subject concerning which he had already fitfully spoken. His ideas
+were now in order, and he brought a formidable argument to support
+a strange request. Indeed, it amounted to a demand, and for a time
+it seemed doubtful whether Sir Walter would deny him. The priest,
+indeed, declared that he could take no denial, and his host was
+thankful that other and stronger arguments than his own were at
+hand to argue the other side. For Dr. Mannering stayed at the
+manor house after the funeral, and the Rev. Noel Prodgers, the
+vicar of Chadlands, a distant connection of the Lennoxes, was also
+dining there. Until now Mannering could not well speak, but he
+invited himself to dinner on the day after the funeral that he
+might press a course of action upon those who had suffered so
+severely. He wished Sir Walter to take his daughter away at once,
+for her health's sake, and while advancing this advice considered
+the elder also, for these things had upset the master of Chadlands
+in mind and body, and Mannering was aware of it.
+
+On the morrow Peter Hardcastle would arrive, and he had urgently
+directed that his coming should be in a private capacity, unknown
+to the local police or neighborhood. Neither did he wish the staff
+of Chadlands to associate him with the tragedy.
+
+An official examination of the room had been made by the local
+constabulary, as upon the occasion of Nurse Forrester's death; but
+it was a perfunctory matter, and those responsible for it understood
+that special attention would presently be paid to the problem by the
+supreme authority.
+
+"After this man has been and gone, I do earnestly beg you to leave
+England and get abroad, Sir Walter," said Mannering. "I think it
+your duty, not only for your girl's sake, but your own. Do not
+even wait for the report. There is nothing to keep you, and I
+shall personally be very thankful and relieved if you will manage
+this and take Mary to some fresh scenes, a place or country that
+she has not visited before. There is nothing like an entirely
+novel environment for distracting the mind, bracing the nerves,
+and restoring tone."
+
+"I must do my duty," answered the other, "and that remains to be
+seen. If Hardcastle should find out anything, there may be a call
+upon me. At least, I cannot turn my back upon Chadlands till the
+mystery is threshed out to the bottom, as far as man can do it."
+
+It was then that Septimus May spoke and astounded his hearers.
+
+"You give me the opportunity to introduce my subject," he said,
+"for it bears directly on Sir Walter's intentions, and it is in
+my power, as I devoutly believe, to free him swiftly of any
+further need to remain here. I am, of course, prepared to argue
+for my purpose, but would rather not do so. Briefly, I hold it a
+vital obligation to spend this night in the Grey Room, and I ask
+that no obstacle of any kind be raised to prevent my doing so.
+The wisdom of man is foolishness before the wit of God, and what
+I desire to do is God's will and wish, impressed upon me while I
+knelt for long hours and prayed to know it. I am convinced, and
+that should be enough. In this matter I am far from satisfied
+that all has yet been done, within the Almighty's purpose and
+direction, to discover the mystery of our terrible loss. But He
+helps those who help themselves, remember, and I owe it to my son,
+Sir Walter, and you owe it to your daughter Mary first, and the
+community also, to take such steps as Heaven, through me, has
+now directed."
+
+They were for a moment struck dumb by this extraordinary assertion
+and demand. A thousand objections leaped to the lips of the elder
+men, and Mr. Prodgers, a devout young Christian of poor physique
+but great spiritual courage, found himself as interested by this
+fearless demand of faith as the others were alarmed by it.
+
+Sir Walter spoke.
+
+"We know it is so, May. None recognizes our obligations, both to
+the living and the dead, more acutely than I do. A very famous
+man of European reputation will be here to-morrow, and if you, too,
+desire a representative, you have only got to say so."
+
+"I desire no representative armed with material craft or knowledge
+of criminal procedure. I am my own representative, and I come
+armed with greater power than any you can command on earth, Sir
+Walter. I mean my Maker's response to my prayer. I must spend
+the night in that room, and cannot leave Chadlands until I have
+done so. I trust to no human expedient or precaution, for such
+things would actually disarm me; but my faith is in the God I have
+served to the best of my power from my youth up. I entertain not
+the least shadow of fear or doubt. To fear or doubt would be to
+fail. I rely absolutely on the Supreme Being who has permitted
+this unspeakable sorrow to fall upon us, and there is no living
+man less likely than myself to fall a victim to the unknown spirit
+hidden here and permitted to exercise such awful control over us.
+The time has come to challenge that spirit in the name of its
+Maker, and to cleanse your house once and for all of something
+which, potent for evil though it is allowed to be, must yield to
+the forces of the Most High, even in the feeble hand of His
+minister."
+
+The doctor spoke.
+
+"Is it possible, sir, that you attribute your son's death to
+anything but natural physical forces?" he asked.
+
+"Is it possible to do otherwise? How can you, of all men, ask?
+Science has spoken--or, rather, science has been struck dumb. No
+natural, physical force is responsible for his end. He died
+without any cause that you could discover. This is no new thing,
+however. History records that men have passed similarly under
+visitations beyond human power to explain. If the Lord could
+slay multitudes in a night at a breath, as we know from the pages
+of the Old Testament, then it is certain He can still end the
+life of any man at any moment, and send His messengers to do so.
+I believe in good and evil spirits as I believe in my Bible, and
+I know that, strong and terrible though they may be and gifted with
+capital powers against our flesh, yet the will of God is stronger
+than the strongest of them. These things, I say, have happened
+before. They are sent to try our faith. I do not mourn my son,
+save with the blind, natural pang of paternity, because I know that
+he has been withdrawn from this world for higher purposes in
+another; but the means of his going I demand to investigate,
+because they may signify much more than his death itself. One
+reason for his death may be this: that we are now called to
+understand what is hidden in the Grey Room. My son's death may
+have been necessary to that explanation. Human intervention may
+be demanded there. One of God's immortal souls, for reasons we
+cannot tell, may be chained in that room, waiting its liberation
+at human hands. We are challenged, and I accept the challenge,
+being impelled thereto by the sacred message that has been put
+into my heart."
+
+Even his fellow-priest stared in bewilderment at Septimus May's
+extraordinary opinions, while to the physician this was the chatter
+of a lunatic.
+
+"I will take my Bible into that haunted room to-night," concluded
+the clergyman, "and I will pray to God, Who sits above both quick
+and dead, to protect me, guide me, and lead me to my duty."
+
+Sir Walter spoke.
+
+"You flout reason when you say these things, my dear May."
+
+"And why should I not flout reason? What Christian but knows well
+enough that reason is the staff that breaks in our hands and wounds
+us? Much of our most vital experience has no part nor lot with
+reason. A thousand things happen in the soul's history which
+reason cannot account for. A thousand moods, temptations,
+incitements prompt us to action or deter us from it--urge us to
+do or avoid--for which reason is not responsible. Reason, if we
+bring these emotions to it, cannot even pronounce upon them. Yet
+in them and from them springs the life of the soul and the
+conviction of immortality. 'To act on impulse'--who but daily
+realizes that commonplace in his own experience? The mind does not
+only play tricks and laugh at reason in dreams while we sleep. It
+laughs at reason while we wake, and the sanest spirit experiences
+inspired moments, mad moments, unaccountable impulses the reason
+for which he knows not. The ancients explained these as temptations
+of malicious and malignant spirits or promptings from unseen beings
+who wish man well. And where the urge is to evil, that may well
+be the truth; and where it is to good, who can doubt whence the
+inspiration comes?"
+
+"And shall not my inspiration--to employ the cleverest detective
+in England--be also of good?" asked Sir Walter.
+
+"Emphatically not. Because this thing is in another category than
+that of human crime. It is lifted upon a plane where the knowledge
+of man avails nothing. You are a Christian, and you should
+understand this as well as I do. If there is danger, then I am
+secure, because I have the only arms that can avail in a battle of
+the spirit. My trust is shield enough against any evil being that
+may roam this earth or be held by invisible bonds within the walls
+of the Grey Room. I will justify the ways of God to man and,
+through the channel of potent prayer, exorcise this presence and
+bring peace to your afflicted house. For any living fellow-creature
+would I gladly pit my faith against evil; how much more, then, in
+a matter where my very own life's blood has been shed? You cannot
+deny me this. It is my right."
+
+"I will ask you to listen to the arguments against you,
+nevertheless," replied Mannering. "You have propounded an
+extraordinary theory, and must not mind if we disagree with you."
+
+"Speak for yourself alone, then," answered May. "I do not ask or
+expect a man of your profession to agree with me. But the question
+ceases to be your province."
+
+"Do not say that, sir," urged Henry Lennox. "I don't think my
+uncle agrees with you either. You are assuming too much."
+
+"Honestly, I can't quite admit your assumption, my dear May,"
+declared Sir Walter. "You go too far--farther than is justified
+at this stage of events, at any rate. Were we in no doubt that a
+spirit is granted power within my house to destroy human life,
+then I confess, with due precautions, I could not deny you access
+to it in the omnipotent Name you invoke. I am a Christian and
+believe my Bible as soundly as you do. But why assume such an
+extraordinary situation? Why seek a supernatural cause for dear
+Tom's death before we are satisfied that no other exists?"
+
+"Are you not satisfied? What mortal man can explain the facts on
+any foundation of human knowledge?"
+
+"Consider how limited human knowledge is," said Mannering, "and
+grant that we have not exhausted its possibilities yet. There may
+be some physical peculiarity about the room, some deadly but
+perfectly natural chemical accident, some volatile stuff, in roof
+or walls, that reacts to the lowered temperatures of night. A
+thousand rare chance combinations of matter may occur which are
+capable of examination, and which, under skilled experiment, will
+resolve their secret. Nothing it more bewildering than a good
+conjuring trick till we know how it is done, and Nature is the
+supreme conjurer. We have not found out all her tricks, and never
+shall do so; but we very well know that a solution to all of them
+exists."
+
+"A material outlook and arrogant," said the priest.
+
+Whereupon Mannering grew a little warm.
+
+"It is neither material nor arrogant. I am humbler than you, and
+your positive assertion seems much the more arrogant. This is the
+twentieth century, and your mediaeval attitude would win no possible
+sympathy or support from any educated man."
+
+"Truth can afford to be patient," answered May. "But I, too, am
+quite sane, though your face doubts it. I do not claim that human
+prayer can alter physical laws, and I do not ask my Maker to work
+a miracle on my behalf or suspend the operations of cause and effect.
+But I am satisfied that we are in a region outside our experience
+and on another plane and dimension than those controlled by natural
+law. God has permitted us to enter such a region. He has opened
+the door into this mystery. He has spoken to my soul and so
+directed me that I cannot sit with folded hands. This is, I repeat,
+a challenge to me personally.
+
+"There is, as I potently believe, a being in bondage here which
+only the voice of God, speaking through one of His creatures, can
+liberate. If I am wrong, then I shall pray in vain; if right, as
+I know by deepest conviction and intuition, then my prayer must
+avail. In any case, I do my duty, and if I myself was called to
+die while so doing, what nobler death can I desire?"
+
+Mannering regarded the speaker with growing concern. But he still
+assumed sanity on the part of the reverend gentleman, and still
+felt considerable irritation mix with his solicitude.
+
+"You must consider others a little," he said.
+
+"No, Dr. Mannering; they must consider me. Providence sends me a
+message denied to the rest of you, because I am a fit recipient;
+you are not. It is Newman's 'Illative Sense'--a conviction arising
+from well-springs far deeper and purer than those that account for
+human reason. I know because I know. Reasoning, at best, is mere
+inference deduced from observation, but I am concerned with an
+inspiration--a something akin to the gift of prophecy."
+
+"Then I can only hope that Sir Walter will exercise his rights and
+responsibilities and deny you what you wish."
+
+"He has faith, and I am sorry that you lack it."
+
+"No, Mr. May, you must not say that. It is entirely reasonable
+that Mannering should ask you to consider others," said Sir Walter.
+"To you a sudden and peaceful death might be no ill; but it would
+be a very serious ill to the living--a loss to your work on earth,
+which is not done, a shock and grief to those who respect you, and
+a reflection on all here."
+
+"Let the living minister to the living and put their trust in God."
+
+Mannering spoke to the vicar of Chadlands.
+
+"What do you think, Prodgers? You are a parson, too, yet may be
+able to see with our eyes. Surely common sense shouldn't be left
+out of our calculations, even if they concern the next world?"
+
+"I respect Mr. May's faith," answered the younger priest, "and
+assuredly I believe that if we eliminate all physical and natural
+causes from poor Captain May's death, then no member of our sacred
+calling should fear to spend the night alone in that room. Jacob
+wrestled with the angel of light. Shall the servants of God fear
+to oppose a dark angel?"
+
+"Well spoken," said Mr. May.
+
+"But that is not all, sir," continued Noel Prodgers. "It is
+impossible that we can share such certainty as you claim.
+Probability lies entirely against it. This has happened twice,
+remember, and each time a valuable and precious life disappears,
+for causes beyond our knowledge. That, however, is no reason for
+assuming the causes are beyond all human knowledge. We do not all
+possess learning in physics. I would venture most earnestly to
+beg you to desist, at least until much more has been done and this
+famous professional man has made such researches as his genius
+suggests. That is only reasonable, and reason, after all, is a
+mighty gift of God--a gift, no doubt, often abused by finite beings,
+who actually use it to defy the Giver--yet none the less, in its
+proper place, the handmaid of faith and the light of true progress."
+
+But Septimus May argued against him. "To shelter behind reason at
+such a moment is to blunt the sword of the spirit," he replied,
+"and human reason is never the handmaid of faith, as you wrongly
+suggest, but her obdurate, unsleeping foe. That which metaphysicians
+call intuition, and which I call the voice of God, tells me in clear
+tones that my boy died by no human agency whatever and by no natural
+accident. He was wrapt from this life to the next in the twinkling
+of an eye by forces, or a force, concerning which we know nothing
+save through the Word of God. I will go farther. I will venture
+to declare that this death-dealing ghost, or discarnate but
+conscious being, may not be, as you say, a dark angel--perhaps not
+wholly evil--perhaps not evil at all. One thing none can question--
+it did the will of its Creator, as we all must, and we are not,
+therefore, justified in asserting that a malignant force was
+exerted. To say so is to speak in terms of our own bitter loss and
+our own aching hearts. But we are justified in believing that a
+fearful, unknown power was liberated during the night that Tom
+died, and I desire to approach that power upon my knees and with
+my life in my Maker's hands."
+
+The conviction of this righteous but superstitious soul was uttered
+with passionate zeal. He puzzled to understand how fellow
+Christians could argue against him, and much resented the fact that
+Sir Walter withstood his claim and declined to permit the experiment
+he desired to make. A formalist and precisian, he held any sort of
+doubt to be backsliding before the message in his own heart. They
+argued unavailingly with him, and Henry Lennox suggested a
+compromise.
+
+"Why is it vital, after all, that only one should undertake this
+ordeal?" he asked. "I begged you to let me try--for revenge."
+
+"Do not use that word," said Mr. Prodgers.
+
+"Well, at any rate, I feel just as great a call to be there as
+Tom's father can feel--just as pressing a demand and desire.
+There may have been foul play. At any rate, the thing was done
+by an active agency, and Tom was taken in some way at a
+disadvantage. There was no fair fight, I'll swear. He was
+evidently kneeling, calmly enough looking out of the window, when
+he died, and the blow must have been a coward's blow, struck from
+behind, whoever struck it."
+
+"There was no blow, Henry," said Sir Walter.
+
+"Death is a blow, uncle--the most awful blow a strong man can be
+called to suffer, surely. And I beg this, that if you won't let
+me face the infernal thing alone you'll let me share this business
+with Mr. May. He can pray and I can--watch."
+
+But the dead man's father made short work of Henry's proposition.
+
+"You are introducing that very element of rationalism to be, before
+all things, distrusted here. The mere introduction of human
+precaution and human weapons would sully faith and make of no
+avail the only sure means of winning light on this solemn problem.
+Reason, so employed, would be a hindrance--an actual danger. Only
+absolute faith can unravel the mystery before us."
+
+"Then, frankly, I tell you that I lack any such absolute faith,"
+declared Sir Walter.
+
+"Do not say that--you libel yourself and are letting a base and
+material fear cloud your own trust," answered May. "As there is
+no human reason for what has happened, so no human reason will be
+found to explain it. By denying me, you are denying the sole means
+by which this dark terror can be banished. You are denying God's
+offer of peace. We must not only seek peace, but ensure it. That
+means that we are now called to take such steps as the Almighty
+puts at our service by the road of conscience and faith. I have
+a right to this revelation as my boy's father. The cup is mine,
+and you will do very wrongly if you deny me the right to drink it.
+I desire to say, 'Peace be to this house' before I leave it, and,
+Christian to Christian, you cannot deny me, or hesitate as to your
+answer."
+
+No argument would bend his obstinate conviction, and he debated
+with great force from his own standpoint. He presented a man
+overmastered and mentally incapable of appreciating any argument
+against his possession.
+
+But Sir Walter, now determined, was as obstinate as the clergyman.
+Mannering bluntly declared that it would be suicide on May's part,
+and a conniving at the same by any who permitted him to attempt
+his vigil.
+
+"I, too, must do my duty as I see it," summed up the master of
+Chadlands, "and after I have done so, then we may be in a position
+to admit the case is altered."
+
+The other suddenly rose and lifted his hands. He was trembling
+with emotion.
+
+"May my God give a sign, then!" he cried.
+
+They were silent a moment, for courtesy or astonishment. Nothing
+happened, and presently Sir Walter spoke:
+
+"You must bear with me. You are upset, and scarcely know the
+gravity of the things you say. To-morrow the physical and material
+investigation that I consider proper, and the world has a right to
+demand, will be made--in a spirit, I hope, as earnest and devout as
+your own. And if after that no shadow of explanation is forthcoming,
+and no peril to life can be discovered, then I should feel disposed
+to consider your views more seriously--with many reserves, however.
+At any rate, it will be your turn then, if you still adhere to your
+opinions; and I am sure all just persons who hear of your purpose
+would join their prayers with you."
+
+"Your faith is weak, though you believe it strong," answered the
+other.
+
+And he was equally curt when the physician advised him to take a
+sleeping-draught before retiring. He bade them "Good-night"
+without more words, and went to his room, while after further
+conversation, Dr. Mannering and Mr. Prodgers took their leave.
+
+The former strongly urged Sir Walter to set some sort of guard
+outside the door of the Grey Room.
+
+"That man's not wholly sane to-night," he declared, "and he appears
+to glory in the fact that he isn't. He must surely be aware that
+much he said was superstitious bosh. Look after him. Guard his
+own apartment. That will be the simplest plan."
+
+When they had gone, Sir Walter addressed his nephew. They went
+upstairs together and stood for a moment outside the Grey Room.
+The door was wide open, and the place brilliantly lighted by a
+high-powered bulb. So had it been by night ever since the disaster.
+None of the household entered it, and none, save Sir Walter or Henry,
+was willing to do so until more should be known.
+
+"I have your word of honor you will not go into that room to-night,"
+said his uncle; "but such is the mental condition of this poor
+clergyman that I can but feel Mannering is right. May might, from
+some fancied call of the spirit, take the law into his own hands and
+do what he wishes to do. This must be prevented at any cost. I
+will ask you, Henry, to follow the doctor's suggestion on my behalf,
+and keep guard over him. Oppose him actively if he should appear,
+and call me. I would suggest that Caunter or Masters accompanied
+you, but that is only to make gossip and mystery."
+
+"On no account. I'll look after him. You can trust me. I expect
+he's pretty worn out after such a harrowing day, poor old beggar.
+He'll probably sleep soundly enough when he gets to bed."
+
+"I trust so. I cannot offer to aid you myself, for I am dead beat,"
+said the other.
+
+Then they parted, and the younger presently took up a position in
+the west wing of the house, where Septimus May had his bedroom.
+
+Not until sunrise did Henry Lennox go to his own chamber, but his
+sleepless night proved a needless precaution, for Septimus May
+gave no sign.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+THE UNSEEN MOVES
+
+
+Before ten o'clock on the following morning Peter Hardcastle, who
+had travelled by the night train from Paddington, was at Chadlands.
+A car had gone into Newton Abbot to meet him, as no train ran on
+the branch line until a later hour.
+
+The history of the detective was one of hard work, crowned at last
+by a very remarkable success. His opportunity had come, and he
+had grasped it. The accident of the war and the immense publicity
+given to his capture of a German secret agent had brought him into
+fame, and raised him to the heights of his profession. Moreover,
+the extraordinary histrionic means taken to achieve his purpose,
+and the picturesqueness of the details, captured that latent love
+of romance common to all minds. Hardcastle had become a lion;
+women were foolish about him; he might have made a great match and
+retired into private life had he desired to do so. At the present
+time an American heiress ardently wished to wed the man.
+
+But he was not fond of women, and only in love with his business.
+A hard life in the seamy places of the world had made him something
+of a cynic. He had always appreciated his own singular powers, and
+consciousness of ability, combined with a steadfast patience and
+unconquerable devotion to his "art," as he called it, had brought
+him through twenty years in the police force. He began at the
+bottom and reached the top. He was the son of a small shopkeeper,
+and now that his father was dead his mother still ran a little
+eating-house for her own satisfaction and occupation.
+
+Peter Hardcastle was forty. He had already made arrangements to
+leave Scotland Yard and set up, single-handed, as a private inquiry
+agent. The mystery of Chadlands would be the last case to occupy
+him as a Government servant. In a measure he regretted the fact,
+for the death of Captain Thomas May, concerning which every known
+particular was now in his possession, attracted him, and he knew
+the incident had been widely published. It was a popular mystery,
+and, as a man of business, he well understood the professional
+value of such sensations to the man who resolves the puzzle. His
+attitude toward the case appeared at the outset, and Sir Walter,
+who had been deeply impressed by the opinions of the dead man's
+father, and even unconsciously influenced by them, now found
+himself in the presence of a very different intellect. There was
+nothing in the least superstitious about Peter Hardcastle. He
+uttered the views of a remorseless realist, and at the outset
+committed himself to certain definite assumptions. The inhabitants
+of the manor house were informed that a friend of Sir Walter's had
+come to visit Chadlands, and they saw nothing to make them doubt
+it. For Peter was a great actor. He had mixed with all classes,
+and the detective had the imitative cleverness to adapt himself in
+speech and attire to every society. He even claimed that he could
+think with the brains of anybody and adapt his inner mind, as well
+as his outer shape, to the changing environment of his activities.
+He appreciated the histrionics that operate out of sight, and would
+adopt the blank purview of the ignorant, the deeper attitude of
+the cultured, or the solid posture of that class whose education
+and inherent opinions is based upon tradition. He had made a study
+of the superficial etiquette and manners and customs of what is
+called "the best" society, and knew its ways as a naturalist
+patiently masters the habits of a species.
+
+Chadlands saw a small, fair man with scanty hair, a clean-shaven
+face, a rather feminine cast of features, a broad forehead,
+slate-grey eyes, and a narrow, lipless mouth which revealed very
+fine white teeth when he spoke. It was a colorless face and
+challenged no attention; but it was a face that served as an
+excellent canvas, and few professional actors had ever surpassed
+Peter in the art of making up their features.
+
+Similarly he could disguise his voice, the natural tones of which
+were low, monotonous, and of no arrestive quality. Mr. Hardcastle
+surprised Sir Walter by his commonplace appearance and seeming
+youth, for he looked ten years younger than the forty he had lived.
+A being so undistinguished rather disappointed his elder, for the
+master of Chadlands had imagined that any man of such wide
+celebrity must offer superficial marks of greatness.
+
+But here was one so insignificant and so undersized that it seemed
+impossible to imagine him a famous Englishman. His very voice, in
+its level, matter-of-fact tones, added to the suggestion of
+mediocrity.
+
+Sir Walter found, however, that the detective did not undervalue
+himself. He was not arrogant, but revealed decision and immense
+will power. From the first he imposed his personality, and made
+people forget the accidents of his physical constitution. He
+said very little during breakfast, but listened with attention to
+the conversation.
+
+He observed that Henry Lennox spoke seldom, but studied him
+unobtrusively, as a man concerning whom he specially desired to
+know more. Hardcastle proved himself well educated; indeed,
+his reading, studiously pursued, and his intellectual attainments,
+developed by hard work and ambition, far exceeded those of any
+present.
+
+The clergyman returned to his own ground, and expressed his former
+opinions, to which Hardcastle listened without a shadow of the
+secret surprise they awoke in him.
+
+"The Witchcraft Act assumes that there can be no possible
+communication between living men and spirits," he said in answer
+to an assertion; whereon Septimus May instantly took up the
+challenge.
+
+"A fatuous, archaic assumption, and long since destroyed by actual,
+human experience," he replied. "It is time such blasphemous folly
+should be banished from the Statute Book. I say 'blasphemous'
+because such an Act takes no cognizance of the Word of God.
+Outworn Acts of Parliament are responsible for a great deal of
+needless misery in this world, and it is high time these ordinances
+of another generation were sent to the dust heap."
+
+"In that last opinion I heartily agree with you," declared the
+detective.
+
+Henry ventured a quotation. He was much interested to learn
+whether Hardcastle had any views on the ghost theory.
+
+"Goethe says that matter cannot exist without spirit, or spirit
+without matter. Would you sub-scribe to that, Mr. Hardcastle?"
+
+"Partially. Matter can exist without spirit, which you may prove
+by getting under an avalanche; but I do most emphatically agree
+that spirit cannot exist without matter. 'Divorced from matter,
+where is life?' asks Tyndall, and nobody can answer him."
+
+"You misunderstand Goethe," declared Mr. May. "In metaphysics--"
+
+"I have no use for metaphysics. Believe me, the solemn humbug of
+metaphysics doesn't take in a policeman for a moment. Juggling
+with words never advanced the world's welfare or helped the cause
+of truth. What, for any practical purpose, does it matter how
+subjectively true a statement may be if it is objectively false?
+Life is just as real as I am myself--no more and no less--and
+all the metaphysical jargon in the world won't prevent my shins
+from bleeding wet, red blood when I bark them against a stone."
+
+"You don't believe in the supernatural then?" asked Mr. May.
+
+"Most emphatically not."
+
+"How extraordinary! And how, if I may ask, do you fill the
+terrible vacuum in your life that such a denial must create?"
+
+"I have never been conscious of such a vacuum. I was a sceptic
+from my youth up. No doubt those who were nurtured in superstition,
+when reason at last conquers and they break away, may experience
+a temporary blank; but the wonders of nature and the achievements
+of man and the demands of the suffering world--these should be
+enough to fill any blank for a reasonable creature."
+
+"If such are your opinions, you will fail here," declared the
+clergyman positively.
+
+"Why do you feel so sure of that?"
+
+"Because you are faced with facts that have no material explanation.
+They are supernatural, or supernormal, if you prefer the word."
+
+"'One world at a time,' is a very good motto in my judgment,"
+replied Hardcastle. "We will exhaust the possibilities of this
+world first, sir."
+
+"They have already been exhausted. Only a simple, straightforward
+question awaits your reply. Do you believe in another world or do
+you not?"
+
+"In the endless punishment or the endless happiness of men and
+women after they are dead?"
+
+"If you like to confuse the issue in that way you are at liberty,
+of course, to do so. As a Christian, I cannot demur. The problem
+for the rationalist is this: How does he ignore the deeply rooted
+and universal conviction that there is a life to come? Is such a
+sanguine assurance planted in the mind of even the lowest savage
+for nothing? Where did the aborigines win that expectation?"
+
+"My answer embraces the whole question from my own point of view,"
+replied Hardcastle. "The savages got their idea of dual
+personality from phenomena of nature which they were unable to
+explain--from their dreams, from their own shadows on the earth
+and reflections in water, from the stroke of the lightning and
+the crash of the thunder, from the echo of their own voices, thrown
+back to them from crags and cliffs. These things created their
+superstitions. Ignorance bred terror, and terror bred gods and
+demons--first out of the forces of nature. That is the appalling
+mental legacy handed down in varying shapes to all the children
+of men. We labor under them to this day."
+
+"You would dare to say our most sacred verities have sprung from
+the dreams of savages?"
+
+Hardcastle smiled.
+
+"It is true. And dreams, we further know, are often the result of
+indigestion. Early man didn't understand the art of cookery, and
+therefore no doubt his stomach had a great deal to put up with.
+We have to thank his bear steaks and wolf chops for a great deal
+of our cherished nonsense, no doubt."
+
+Sir Walter, marking the clergyman's flashing eyes, changed the
+subject, and Septimus May, who observed his concern, restrained
+a bitter answer. But he despaired of the detective from that
+moment, and proposed to himself a future assault on such detested
+modern opinions when opportunity occurred.
+
+After breakfast Mr. Hardcastle begged for a private interview with
+the master of Chadlands, and for two hours sat in his study and
+took him through the case from the beginning.
+
+He put various questions concerning the members of the recent house
+party, and presently begged that Henry Lennox might join them.
+
+"I should like to hear the account of what passed on the night
+between him and Captain May," he said.
+
+Henry joined them, and detailed his experience. While he talked,
+Hardcastle appraised him, and perceived that certain nebulous
+opinions, which had begun to crystallize in his own mind, could
+have no real foundation. The detective believed that he was
+confronted with a common murder, and on hearing Henry's history,
+as part of Sir Walter's story with the rest, perceived that the
+old lover of Mary Lennox had last seen her husband alive, had
+drunk with him, and been the first to find him dead. Might not
+Henry have found an eastern poison in Mesopotamia? But his
+conversation with the young man, and the unconscious revelation of
+Henry himself, shattered the idea. Lennox was innocent enough.
+
+For a moment, the information of uncle and nephew exhausted,
+Hardcastle returned to the matter of the breakfast discussion.
+
+"You will, of course, understand that I am quite satisfied a
+material and physical explanation exists for this unfortunate
+event," he said. "I need hardly tell you that I am unprepared to
+entertain any supernatural theory of the business. I don't
+believe myself in ghosts, because in my experience, and it is
+pretty wide, ghost stories break down badly under anything like
+skilled and independent examination. There is a natural reason
+for what has happened, as there is a natural reason for
+everything that happens. We talk of unnatural things happening,
+but that is a contradiction in terms. Nothing can happen that is
+not natural. What we call Nature embraces every conceivable action
+or event or possibility. We may fail to fathom a mystery, and we
+know that a thousand things happen every day and night that seem
+beyond the power of our wits to explain; but that is only to say
+our wits are limited. I hold, however, that very few things happen
+which do not yield an explanation, sooner or later, if approached
+by those best trained to examine them without predisposition or
+prejudice. And I earnestly hope that this tragic business will
+give up its secret."
+
+"May you prove the correctness of your opinions, Mr. Hardcastle,"
+answered Sir Walter. "Would you like to see the Grey Room now?"
+
+"I should; though I tell you frankly it is not in the Grey Room
+that I shall find what I seek. It does not particularly interest
+me, and for this reason. I do not associate Captain May's death
+in any way with the earlier tragedy--that of the hospital nurse,
+Mrs. Forrester. It is a coincidence, in my opinion, and probably,
+if physiology were a more perfect science than, in my experience
+of post-mortem examinations, it has proved to be, the reason for
+the lady's death would have appeared. And, for that matter, the
+reason for Captain May's death also. To say there was no reason
+is, of course, absurd. Nothing ever yet happened, or could happen,
+without a reason. The springs of action were arrested and the
+machine instantly ran down. But a man is not a clock, which can
+be stopped and reveal no sign of the thing that stopped it. Life
+is a far more complex matter than a watch-spring, and if we knew
+more we might not be faced with so many worthless post-mortem
+reports. But Sir Howard Fellowes is not often beaten. I repeat,
+however, I do not associate the two deaths in the Grey Room or
+connect them as the result of one and the same cause. I do not
+state this as a fact beyond dispute, but that, for the present,
+is my assumption. The gap in time seems too considerable. I
+suspect other causes, and shall have to make researches into the
+dead man's past life. I should wish also to examine all his
+property. He has been in foreign countries, and may have brought
+back something concerning the nature of which he was ignorant. He
+may possess enemies, of whom neither you nor Mrs. May have heard
+anything. Your knowledge of him, recollect, extends over only a
+short time--eight or ten months, I suppose. I shall visit his
+ship and his cabin in H. M. S. Indomitable also, and learn all that
+his fellow officers can tell me."
+
+Sir Walter looked at his watch.
+
+"It is now nearly one o'clock," he said, "and at two we usually
+take luncheon. What would you wish to do between now and then?
+None here but ourselves and my butler--an old friend in all my
+secrets--knows you have come professionally. I concealed the
+fact and called you 'Forbes,' at your wish, though they cannot
+fail to suspect, I fear."
+
+"Thank you. I will see the room, then, and look round the place.
+Perhaps after luncheon, if she feels equal to the task, Mrs. May
+will give me a private interview. I want to learn everything
+possible concerning your late son-in-law--his career before
+Jutland, his philosophy of life, his habits and his friends."
+
+"She will very gladly tell you everything she can."
+
+They ascended to the Grey Room.
+
+"Not the traditional haunt of spooks, certainly," said Peter
+Hardcastle as they entered the bright and cheerful chamber. The
+day was clear, and from the southern window unclouded sunshine came.
+
+"Nothing is changed?" he asked.
+
+"Nothing. The room remains as it has been for many years."
+
+"Kindly describe exactly where Captain May was found. Perhaps Mr.
+Lennox will imitate his posture, if he remembers it?"
+
+"Remember it! I shall never forget it," said Henry. "I first saw
+him from below. He was looking out of the open window and kneeling
+here on this seat."
+
+"Let us open the window then."
+
+The situation and attitude of the dead on discovery were imitated,
+and Hardcastle examined the spot. Then he himself occupied the
+position and looked out.
+
+"I will ask for a ladder presently, and examine the face of the
+wall. Ivy, I see. Ivy has told me some very interesting secrets
+before to-day, Sir Walter."
+
+"I dare say it has."
+
+"If you will remind me at luncheon, I can tell you a truly amazing
+story about ivy--a story of life and death. A man could easily
+go and come by this window."
+
+"Not easily I think," said Henry. "It is rather more than
+thirty-five feet to the ground."
+
+"How do you know that?"
+
+"The police, who made the original inquiry and were stopped, as you
+will remember, from Scotland Yard, measured it the second morning
+afterwards--on Monday."
+
+"But they did not examine the face of the wall?"
+
+"I think not. They dropped a measure from the window."
+
+The other pursued his examination of the room. "Old furniture,"
+he said; "very old evidently."
+
+"It was collected in Spain by my grandfather many years ago."
+
+"Valuable, no doubt?"
+
+"I understand so."
+
+"Wonderful carving. And this door?"
+
+"It is not a door, but a cupboard in the solid wall."
+
+Sir Walter opened the receptacle as he spoke. The cupboard--some
+six and a half feet high--was empty. At the back of it appeared
+a row of pegs for clothes.
+
+"I can finish with the room for the present at any rate, in an hour,
+gentlemen," said Hardcastle. "I'll spend the time here till
+luncheon. Had your son-in-law any interest in old furniture, Sir
+Walter?"
+
+"None whatever to my knowledge. He was interested, poor fellow,
+not in the contents, but in the evil reputation of the room. Its
+bad name dated back far beyond the occupation of my family.
+Captain May laughed at my mistrust, and, as you know, he came here,
+contrary to my express wishes, in order that he might chaff me next
+morning over my superstition. He wanted 'to clear its character,'
+as he said."
+
+Hardcastle was turning over the stack of old oil-paintings in
+tarnished frames.
+
+"Family portraits?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"You mistrusted the room yourself, Sir Walter?"
+
+"After Nurse Forrester's death I did. Not before. But while
+attaching no importance myself to the tradition, I respected it."
+
+"Nobody else ever spent a night here after the lady's death?"
+
+"Nobody. Of that I am quite certain."
+
+"Have you not left the house since?"
+
+"Frequently. I generally spend March, April, and May on the
+Continent--in France or Italy. But the house is never closed,
+and my people are responsible to me. The room is always locked,
+and when I am not in residence Abraham Masters, my butler, keeps
+the key. He shares my own feelings so far as the Grey Room is
+concerned."
+
+The detective nodded. He was standing in the middle of the room
+with his hands in his pockets.
+
+"A strange fact--the force of superstition," he said. "It seems
+to feed on night, where ghosts are involved. What, I suppose,
+credulous people call 'the powers of darkness.' But have you ever
+asked yourself why the spiritualists must work in the dark?"
+
+"To simplify their operations, no doubt, and make it easier for
+the spirits."
+
+"And themselves! But why is the night sacred to apparitions and
+supernatural phenomena generally?"
+
+"Tradition associates them with those hours. Spiritualists say it
+is easier for spectres to appear in the dark by reason of their
+material composition. It is then that we find the most authentic
+accounts of their manifestations."
+
+"Yes; because at that time human vitality is lowest and human
+reason weakest. Darkness itself has a curious and depressing
+effect on the minds of many people. I have won my advantage from
+that more than once. I once proved a very notorious crime by the
+crude expedient of impersonating the criminal's victim--a murdered
+woman--and appearing to him at night before a concealed witness.
+But spirits are doomed. The present extraordinary wave of
+superstition and the immense prosperity of the dealers in the
+'occult' is a direct result of the war. They are profiteers--
+every one of them--crystal gazers, mediums, fortune tellers, and
+the rest. They are reaping a rare harvest for the moment. We
+punish the humbler rogues, but we don't punish the fools who go to
+see them. If I had my way, the man or woman who visited the modern
+witch or wizard should get six months in the second division.
+Fools should be punished oftener for their folly. But education
+will sweep these things into the limbo of man's ignorance and
+mental infancy. Ghosts cannot stand the light of knowledge any
+better than they can operate in the light of day."
+
+"You are very positive, Mr. Hardcastle."
+
+"Not often--on this subject--yes, Sir Walter Lennox. I have seen
+too much of the practitioners. Metaphysics is largely to blame.
+Physics, the strong, you will find far too merciful to metaphysics,
+the weak."
+
+Sir Walter found himself regarding Hardcastle with dislike. He
+spoke quietly, yet there was something mocking and annoying in his
+dogmatism.
+
+"You must discuss the subject with Mr. May, who breakfasted with
+us. He will, I think, have no difficulty in maintaining the
+contrary opinion."
+
+"They never have any difficulty--clergymen I mean--and argument
+with them is vain, because we cannot find common ground to start
+from. What is the reverend gentleman's theory?"
+
+"He believes that the room holds an invisible and conscious
+presence permitted to exercise powers of a physical character
+antagonistic to human life. He is guarded, you see, and will not
+go so far as to say whether this being is working for good or evil."
+
+"But it has done evil, surely?"
+
+"Evil from our standpoint. But since the Supreme Creator made this
+creature as well as He made us, therefore Mr. May holds that we are
+not justified in declaring its operations are evil--save from a
+human standpoint."
+
+"How was he related to Captain Thomas May?"
+
+"His father."
+
+Peter Hardcastle remained silent for a moment; then he spoke again.
+
+"Have you observed how many of the sons of the clergy go into the
+Navy or Merchant Marine?"
+
+"I have not."
+
+"They do, however."
+
+Sir Walter began to dislike the detective more than before.
+
+"We will leave you now," he said. "You will find me in my study
+if you want me. That bell communicates with the servants. The
+lock of the door was broken when we forced our way in, and has not
+been mended; but you can close the door if you wish to do so. It
+has been kept open since and the electric light always turned on
+at night."
+
+"Many thanks. I will consider a point or two here and rejoin you.
+Was the chimney examined?"
+
+"No. It would not admit a human being."
+
+Then Sir Walter and his nephew left the room, and Hardcastle,
+waiting until they were out of earshot, shut the door and thrust a
+heavy chair against it.
+
+They heard no more of him for an hour, and joined Mary and Septimus
+May, who were walking on the terrace together. The former was
+eager to learn the detective's opinions, but her husband's father
+had already warned her that Peter Hardcastle was doomed to fail.
+
+The four walked up and down together, and Prince, Sir Walter's
+ancient spaniel, went beside them.
+
+Henry told his cousin the nature of their conversation and the
+direction in which the professional inquiry seemed to turn.
+
+"He wants to see you and hear everything you can tell him about
+dear Tom's past," he said.
+
+"Of course I will tell him everything; and what I do not know, Mr.
+May will remember."
+
+"He is very quiet and very open-minded about some things, but
+jolly positive about others. Your father-in-law won't get far
+with him. He scoffs at any supernatural explanation of our
+terrible loss."
+
+Mr. May overheard this remark.
+
+"As I have already told Mary, his failure is assured. He is wasting
+his time, and I knew he probably would do so before he came. Not to
+such a man, however clever he may be, will an explanation be
+vouchsafed. I would rather trust an innocent child to discover
+these things than such a person. He is lost in his own conceit and
+harbors vain ideas."
+
+"There is something about him I cordially dislike already,"
+confessed Sir Walter. "And yet it is a most unreasonable dislike
+on my part, for he is exceedingly well mannered, speaks and
+conducts himself like a gentleman, and does nothing that can offend
+the most sensitive."
+
+"A prejudice, Uncle Walter."
+
+"Perhaps it is, Henry; yet I rarely feel prejudice."
+
+"Call it rather an intuition," said the clergyman. "What your
+antipathetic attitude means is that you already unconsciously know
+this man is not going to avail, and that his assumption of
+superiority in the matter of knowledge--his opinions and lack of
+faith--will defeat him if nothing else does. He approaches his
+problem in an infidel spirit, and consequently the problem will
+evade his skill; because such skill is not merely futile in this
+matter, but actually destructive."
+
+Mary left them, and they discussed the probable chances of the
+detective without convincing each other. Henry, who had been much
+impressed by Hardcastle, argued in his favor; but Septimus May was
+obdurate, and Sir Walter evidently inclined to agree with him.
+
+"The young men think the old men fools, and the old men know the
+young ones are," said Sir Walter.
+
+"But he is not young, uncle; he's forty. He told me so."
+
+"I thought him ten years less, and he spoke with the dogmatism of
+youth."
+
+"Only on that subject."
+
+"Which happens to be the one subject of all others on which we have
+a right to demand an open and reverent mind," said the clergyman.
+
+Henry noticed that Sir Walter spoke almost spitefully.
+
+"Well, at any rate, he thought rather small beer of the Grey Room.
+He felt quite sure that the secret lay outside it. He was going to
+exhaust the possibilities of the place in no time."
+
+As he spoke the gong sounded, and Prince, pricking his ears, led
+the way to the open French window of the dining-room.
+
+"Call our friend, Henry," said his uncle. And young Lennox, glad
+of the opportunity, entered the house. He desired a word with
+Hardcastle in private, and ascended to join him.
+
+The door of the Grey Room was still closed, and Henry found some
+obstacle within that prevented it from yielding to his hand. At
+once disturbed by this incident, he did not stand upon ceremony.
+He pushed the door, which gave before him, and he perceived that
+a heavy chair had been thrust against it. His noisy entrance
+challenged no response, and, looking round, it appeared for an
+instant that the room was empty; but, lowering his eyes, he saw
+first the detective's open notebook and stylograph lying upon the
+ground, then he discovered Peter Hardcastle himself upon his face
+with his arms stretched out before him. He lay beside the hearth,
+motionless.
+
+Lennox stooped, supported, and turned him over. He was still warm
+and relaxed in every limb, but quite unconscious and apparently
+dead. An expression of surprise marked his face, and the corner
+of each open eye had not yet lost its lustre, but the pupil was
+much dilated.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+THE ORDER FROM LONDON
+
+
+Henry Lennox suffered as he had not suffered even during the
+horrors of war. For the first time in his life he felt fear. He
+lowered the unconscious man to the ground, and knew that he was
+dead, for he had looked on sudden death too often to feel in any
+doubt. Others, however, were not so ready to credit this, and after
+he hastened downstairs with his evil message, both Sir Walter and
+Masters found it hard to believe him.
+
+When he descended, his uncle and May were standing at the dining
+room door, waiting for him and Peter Hardcastle. Mary had just
+joined them.
+
+"He's dead!" was all the youth could say; then, thoroughly unnerved,
+he fell into a chair and buried his face in his hands.
+
+Again through his agency had a dead man been discovered in the Grey
+Room. In each case his had been the eyes first to confront a
+tragedy, and his the voice to report it. The fact persisted in
+his mind with a dark obstinacy, as though some great personal
+tribulation had befallen him.
+
+Mary stopped with her cousin and asked terrified questions, while
+Sir Walter, calling to Masters, hastened upstairs, followed by
+Septimus May. The clergyman was also agitated, yet in his concern
+there persisted a note almost of triumph.
+
+"It is there!" he cried. "It is close to us, watching us, powerless
+to touch either you or me. But this unhappy sceptic proved an easy
+victim."
+
+"Would to God I had listened to you yesterday," said Sir Walter.
+"Then this innocent man had not perhaps been snatched from life."
+
+"You were directed not to listen. Your heart was hardened. His
+hour had come."
+
+"I cannot believe it. We may restore him. It is impossible that
+he can be dead in a moment."
+
+They stood over the detective, and Masters and Fred Caunter, with
+courage and presence of mind, carried him out into the corridor.
+
+The butler spoke.
+
+"Run for the brandy, Fred," he said. "We must get some down his
+neck if we can. I don't feel the gentleman's heart, but it may
+not have stopped. He's warm enough."
+
+The footman obeyed, and Hardcastle was laid upon his back. Then
+Sir Walter directed Masters.
+
+"Hold his head up. It may be better for him."
+
+They waited, and, during the few moments before Caunter returned,
+Sir Walter spoke again. His mind wandered backward and seemed for
+the moment incapable of grasping the fact before him.
+
+"Almost the last thing the man said was to ask me why ghosts
+haunted the night rather than the day."
+
+Lennox and Mannering to bring him news when the telegram dispatched
+to Scotland Yard was answered, and prepared to leave them.
+
+As he rose, he marked his old spaniel standing whimpering by his
+side.
+
+"What is the matter with Prince?" he asked.
+
+"He has not had his dinner," said Mary.
+
+"Let him be fed at once," answered her father, and went out alone.
+
+She rose to follow him immediately, but Mannering, who had stopped
+and was with them, begged her not to do so.
+
+"Leave him to himself," he said. "This has shaken your father, as
+well it may. He's all right. Make him take his bromide to-night,
+and let nobody do anything to worry him."
+
+The master of Chadlands meantime went afield, walked half a mile
+to a favorite spot, and sat down upon a seat that he had there
+erected. A storm was blowing up from the south-west, and the
+weather of his mind welcomed it. He alternated between bewilderment
+and indignation. His own life-long philosophy and trust in the
+ordered foundations of human existence threatened to fail him
+entirely before this second stroke. It seemed that the punctual
+universe was suddenly turned upside down, and had emptied a vial
+of horror upon his innocent head.
+
+Reality was a thing of the past. A nightmare had taken its place,
+a nightmare from which there was no waking. He considered the
+stability of his days--a lifetime followed upon high principles
+and founded on religious convictions that had comforted his
+sorrows and countenanced his joys. It seemed a trial undeserved,
+that in his old age he should be thrust upon a pinnacle of
+publicity, forced into the public eye, robbed of dignity, denied
+the privacy he esteemed as the most precious privilege that wealth
+could command. Stability was destroyed; to count upon the morrow
+seemed impossible. His thought, strung to a new morbidity, unknown
+till now, ran on and pictured, with painful, vivid stroke upon
+stroke, the insufferable series of events that lay before him.
+
+Life was become a bizarre and brutal business for a man of fine
+feeling. He would be thrust into the pitiless mouth of
+sensation-mongers, called to appear before tribunals, subjected to
+an inquisition of his fellow-men, made to endure a notoriety
+infinitely odious even in anticipation. Indeed, Sir Walter's
+simple intellect wallowed in anticipation, and so suffered much
+that, given exercise of restraint, he might have escaped altogether.
+He was brave enough, but personal bravery would not be called for.
+He sat now staring dumbly at an imaginary series of events
+abominable and unseemly in every particular to his order of mind.
+He was so concerned with what the future must hold in store for him
+that for a time the present quite escaped his thoughts.
+
+He returned to it, however, and it was almost with the shock of a
+new surprise he remembered that Peter Hardcastle, a man of European
+repute, had just died in his house. But he could not in the least
+realize the new tragedy. He had as yet barely grasped the truth
+of his son-in-law's end, and still often found himself expecting
+Tom's footfall and his jolly voice. That such an abundant vitality
+was stilled, that such an infectious laugh would never sound again
+on mortal ear he yet sometimes found it hard to believe.
+
+But now it seemed that the impact of this second blow rammed home
+the first. He brooded upon his dead son-in-law, and it was long
+before he returned to the event of that day. A thought struck him,
+and though elementary enough, it seemed to Sir Walter an important
+conclusion. There could be no shadow of doubt that Tom May and
+Peter Hardcastle had died by the same secret force. He felt that
+he must remember this.
+
+Again he puzzled, and then decided with himself that, if he meant
+to keep sane, he must practice faith and trust in God. Septimus
+May had said that such unparalleled things sometimes happened in
+the world to try man's faith. Doubtless he was right.
+
+Henceforth the old man determined to stand firmly on the side of
+the supernatural with the priest. He went further, and blamed his
+scepticism. It had cost the world a valuable life. He could not,
+indeed, be censured for that in any court of inquiry. Sceptical
+men would doubtless say that he had done rightly in refusing Mr.
+May his experiment. But Sir Walter now convinced himself that he
+had done wrongly. At such a time, with landmarks vanishing and
+all accepted laws of matter resolved into chaos, there remained
+only God to trust. Such a burden as this was not to be borne by
+any mortal, and Sir Walter determined that he would not bear it.
+
+Were we not told to cast our tribulations before the Almighty?
+Here, if ever, was a situation beyond the power of human mind to
+approach, unless a man walked humbly with his hand in his Maker's.
+Septimus May had been emphatically right. Sir Walter repeated
+this conviction to himself again and again, like a child.
+
+He descended to details presently. The hidden being, that it had
+been implicitly agreed could only operate by night in the Grey Room,
+proved equally potent under noonday sun. But why should it be
+otherwise? To limit its activities was to limit its powers, and
+the Almighty alone knew what powers had been granted to it. He
+shrank from further inquiries or investigations on any but a
+religious basis. He was now convinced that no natural explanation
+would exist for what had happened in the Grey Room, and he
+believed that only through the paths of Christian faith would
+peace return to him or his house.
+
+Then the present dropped out of his thoughts. They wandered into
+the past, and he concerned himself with his wife. She it was who
+had taught him to care for foreign travel. Until his marriage he
+had hardly left England, save when yachting with friends, and an
+occasional glimpse of a Mediterranean port was all that Sir Walter
+knew of the earth outside his own country. But he remembered with
+gratitude the opportunities won from her. He had taken her round
+the world, and found himself much the richer in great memories for
+that experience.
+
+He was still thinking when Mary found him, with his old dog asleep
+at his feet. She brought him a coat and umbrella, for the
+threatened storm advanced swiftly under clouds laden with rain.
+Reluctantly enough he returned to the present. A telegram had been
+received from London, directing Dr. Mannering to reach the nearest
+telephone and communicate direct. The doctor was gone to Newton
+Abbot, and nothing could be done until he came back. Not knowing
+what had occupied Sir Walter's mind, Mary urged him to leave
+Chadlands without delay.
+
+"Put the place into the hands of the police and take me with you,"
+she said. "Nothing can be gained by our stopping, and, after this,
+it is certain the authorities will not rest until they have made a
+far more searching examination than has ever yet been carried out.
+They will feel this disaster a challenge."
+
+"Thankfully I would go," he answered. "Most thankfully I would
+avoid what is hanging over my head. It was terrible enough when
+your dear husband died; but now we shall be the centre of interest
+to half England. Every instinct cries to me to get out of it, but
+obviously that is impossible, even were I permitted to do so. It
+is the duty of the police to suspect every man and woman under my
+roof--myself with the rest. These appalling things have occurred
+in my home, and I must bear the brunt of them and stand up to all
+that they mean. No Lennox ever ran from his duty, however painful
+it might be. The death of this man--so eminent in his calling--
+will attract tremendous attention and be, as you say, a sort of
+direct challenge to the authorities for whom he worked. They will
+resent this second tragedy, and with good reason. The poor man,
+though I cannot pretend that I admired him, was a force for good
+in the world, and his peculiar genius was devoted to the detection
+of crime and punishment of criminals--a very worthy occupation,
+however painful to our ideas."
+
+They sat in the library now, and Henry Lennox spoke to his uncle,
+with his eye on the window, waiting for the sight of the doctor's
+car.
+
+"They'll want to tear the place down, very likely. They'll
+certainly have no mercy on the stones and mortar, any more than
+they will on us."
+
+"They can spare themselves that trouble, and you your fears,"
+declared Septimus May, who had joined them. "It is impossible that
+they will be here until to-morrow. Meantime--"
+
+"It is easy to see what they will do," proceeded young Lennox,
+"and what they will think also. Nor can we prevent them, even if
+we wanted to. I image their theory will be this. They will
+suppose that Mr. Hardcastle, left in that room alone, was actually
+on the track of those responsible for Tom's death. They will guess
+that, in some way, or by some accident, he surprised the author of
+the tragedy, and the assassin, seeing his danger, resorted to the
+same unknown means of murder as before. They may imagine some
+hidden lunatic concealed here, whose presence is only known to
+some of us. They may suspect a homicidal maniac in me, or my uncle,
+or Masters, or anybody. Certainly they will seek a natural
+explanation and flout the idea of any other."
+
+The clergyman protested, but Henry was not prepared to traverse
+the old ground again.
+
+"I have as much right to my opinions as you to yours," he said.
+"And I am positive this is man's work."
+
+Then Mary announced that Mannering's car was in sight. The library
+windows opened on the western side of the house and afforded a view
+of the main drive, along which the doctor's little hooded car came
+flying, like a dead leaf in a storm. But it was not alone. A
+hospital motor ambulance followed behind it.
+
+They soon learned of curious things, and the house was first thrown
+into a great bustle and then restored to peace.
+
+Mannering had spoken for half an hour with London, and received
+directions that puzzled him not a little by their implication.
+For a moment he seemed unwilling to speak before Mary. Then he
+begged her bluntly to leave them for a while.
+
+"It's this way," he said when she was gone. "They're harboring a
+mad idea in London, though, of course, the facts will presently
+convince them to the contrary. Surely I must know death when I
+see it? But a divisional surgeon, or some other medical official,
+directs me to bring this poor fellow's body to London to-night.
+Every care must be taken, warmth and air applied, and so on.
+They've evidently got a notion that, since life appears to go so
+easily in the Grey Room, and leave no scratch or wound, either
+life has not gone at all, or that it may be within the power of
+science to bring it back again. In a sense this is a reflection
+upon me--as though it were possible that I could make any mistake
+between death and suspended animation; but I must do as I'm ordered.
+I travel to town with the dead man to-night, and if they find he
+is anything but dead as a doornail, I'll--"
+
+The doctor was writing his reminiscences, "The Recollections of a
+Country Physician," and he could not fail to welcome these events,
+for they were destined to lend extraordinary attraction to a volume
+otherwise not destined to be much out of the common.
+
+He spoke again.
+
+"I should be very glad if you would accompany me, Lennox. I shall
+have a police inspector from Plymouth; but it would be a
+satisfaction if you could come. Moreover, you would help me in
+London."
+
+"I'll come up, certainly. You don't mind, Uncle Walter?"
+
+"Not if Mannering wishes it. We owe him more than we can ever repay.
+Anything that we can do to lessen his labors ought to be done."
+
+"I should certainly welcome your company. A small saloon carriage
+is to be put on to the Plymouth train that leaves Newton for London
+before midnight. We shall be met at Paddington by some of their
+doctors. And as to Chadlands, four men arrive to-morrow morning
+by the same train that Peter Hardcastle came down in last night.
+We shall pass them on the way. They will take charge both of the
+Grey Room and the house as soon as they arrive."
+
+"And they will be welcome. I would myself willingly pull down
+Chadlands to the foundations if by so doing I could discover the
+truth."
+
+"It demands no such sacrifice," declared May, who had listened to
+these facts. "Bricks and mortar, stone and timber are innocent
+things. One might as soon dissect a thunder-cloud to find the
+lightning as destroy material substances to discover what is hidden
+in this house. The unknown being, about his Master's business
+here, will no more yield its secret to four detectives, or an army
+of them, than it did to one. 'What I do thou knowest not now.'
+It is all summed up in that."
+
+He turned to Mannering and asked a sudden question.
+
+"Why did you object to Mary hearing these facts? In what way
+should they distress her particularly?"
+
+"Can you not see? Indeed, one might fairly have objected to your
+presence also. But you are a man. There is an implied horror of
+the darkest sort for poor Mary in the suggestion that Hardcastle
+may still live. If he can be brought back to life, then she would
+surely think that perhaps her husband and your son might have been.
+Imagine the agony of that. I speak plainly; indeed, there is no
+rational or sentimental reason why I should not, for the truth is,
+of course, that the signs of death were clearly evident on your
+poor boy before what we had to do was done. But the bare thought
+must have shocked Mary. We know emphatically that Hardcastle is
+dead, and we need not mention to her this fantastic theory from
+London."
+
+"I appreciate your consideration," said Sir Walter; and the
+clergyman also acknowledged it.
+
+"There can be no shadow of doubt concerning my son," he said; "nor
+is there any in the matter of this unfortunate man."
+
+Henry Lennox went to prepare for the journey. Then, obeying the
+doctor's directions and treating the dead man as though he were
+merely unconscious, they carried him to the ambulance car. It was
+an unseemly farce in Mannering's opinion, and he only realized
+the painful nature of his task when he came to undertake it; but
+he carried it through in every particular as directed, conveyed
+the corpse to Newton after dark, and had the ambulance bed, in
+which it reposed, borne to the saloon carriage when the night
+mail arrived from Plymouth, between eleven and twelve. He was
+able to regulate the temperature with hot steam, and kept hot
+bottles to the feet and sides of the dead.
+
+He felt impatient and resentful; he poured scorn on the superior
+authority for the benefit of the inspector and Henry Lennox, who
+accompanied him; but in secret he experienced emotions of undoubted
+satisfaction that life had broken from its customary monotonous
+round to furnish him with an adventure so unique. He pointed out
+a fact to the policeman before they had started.
+
+"You will observe," he said, with satire, "that, despite the heat
+we are directed to apply to this unfortunate man, rigor mortis has
+set in. Whether the authority in London regards that as an
+evidence of death, of course I cannot pretend to say. Perhaps not.
+I may be behind the times."
+
+Neither Mannering nor Lennox had spared much thought for those left
+behind them at Chadlands. The extraordinary character of the task
+put upon them sufficed to fill their minds, and it was not until
+the small hours, when they sat with their hands in their pockets
+and the train ran steadily through darkness and storm, that the
+younger spoke of his cousin.
+
+"I hope those old men won't bully Mary to-night," he said. "I'd
+meant to ask you to give Uncle Walter a caution. May's not quite
+all there, in my opinion, and very likely, now you're out of the
+way, he'll get round Sir Walter about that infernal room."
+
+Mannering became interested.
+
+"D'you mean for an instant he wants to try his luck after what's
+happened?"
+
+"You forget. Your day has been so full that you forget what did
+happen."
+
+"I do not, Lennox. Mary begged me to tackle the man. I calmed
+him, and he came down to his luncheon. He must have thought over
+the matter since then, and seen that he was playing with death."
+
+"Far from it, 'The future is mine!' That's what he said. And that
+means he'll try and be in the Grey Room alone to-night."
+
+"I wish to Heaven you'd made this clear before we'd started. But
+surely we can trust Sir Walter; he knows what this means, even if
+that superstitious lunatic doesn't."
+
+"I don't want to bother you," answered Henry; "but, looking back,
+I'm none so sure that we can trust my uncle. He's been pretty
+wild to-day, and who shall blame him? Things like this crashing
+into his life leave him guessing. He's very shaken, and has lost
+his mental grip, too. Reality's played him such ugly tricks that
+he may be tempted to fall back on unreality now."
+
+"You don't mean he'll let May go into that room to-night?"
+
+"I hope not. He was firm enough last night when the clergyman
+clamored to do so. In fact, he made me keep watch to see he
+didn't. But I think he's weakened a lot since Hardcastle came to
+grief in broad daylight. And I sha'n't be there to do anything."
+
+"All this comes too late," answered the other. "If harm has
+happened--it has happened. We can only pray they've preserved
+some sanity among them."
+
+"That's why I say I hope they're not bullying Mary," answered
+Lennox. "Of course, she'd be dead against her father-in-law's
+idea. But she won't count. She can't control him if Sir Walter
+goes over to his side."
+
+"Let us not imagine anything so unreasonable. We'll telegraph to
+hear if all's well at the first moment we can."
+
+The storm sent a heavy wash of rain against the side of the carriage.
+It was a famous tempest, that punished the South of England from
+Land's End to the North Foreland.
+
+They were distracted from their thoughts by the terrific impact of
+the wind.
+
+"Wonder we can stop on the rails," said Mannering. "This is a
+fifty-knot gale, or I'm mistaken."
+
+"I'm thinking of the Chadlands trees," answered the other. "It's
+rum how, in the middle of such an awful business as this, the mind
+switches off to trifles. Does it on purpose, I suppose, to relieve
+the strain. Yes, the trees will catch it to-night. I expect I
+shall hear a grim tale of fallen timber from Sir Walter by the time
+I get back to-morrow."
+
+"If nothing's fallen but timber, I sha'n't mind," answered
+Mannering; "but you've made me devilish uneasy now. If anything
+further went wrong--well, to put it mildly, they would say your
+uncle ought to have known a great deal better."
+
+"He does know a great deal better. It's only that temporarily he's
+knocked off his balance. But I hardly feel as anxious as you do.
+There's Mary against May; and even if my uncle were for him, on a
+general, vague theory of something esoteric and outside nature,
+which you can't fairly call unreasonable any more, Mannering,
+seeing what's happened--even if Sir Walter felt tempted to let
+him have his way, I don't believe he'd really consent when it came
+to the point."
+
+"I hope not--I hope not," answered the other. "Such a concession
+would take a lot of explanation if the result were another of these
+disasters. There ought to be an official guard over the room."
+
+"After to-morrow there certainly will be," replied Henry. "You
+may be sure the police won't leave it again till they've satisfied
+themselves. All the same, I don't see how a dozen of them will be
+any safer than one--even if it's some material and physical thing
+that happens, as we must suppose. And for that matter, if it's
+really supernatural, why should a dozen be safer than one?
+Obviously they wouldn't. Whatever it is, it can strike as it likes
+and without being struck back."
+
+But Dr. Mannering did not answer these questions. He was
+considering a little book in his pocket, which he would hand over
+to the police in London next morning.
+
+"Poor chap--if he could have begun by taking the problem by the
+throat, as he has written here. But, instead, it took him by the
+throat!"
+
+He took Hardcastle's notebook from his pocket and read again the
+last few pages.
+
+"He was dreaming of his theories to the last, when he should
+surely have been girt up in every limb to face facts," said Lennox.
+"He never realized the horrible danger."
+
+Perusal of the detective's data had revealed an interesting fact.
+It was known by his colleagues that he designed a book on the
+theory and practice of criminal investigations, and in many of his
+pocket-books, subsequently examined, were found memoranda and
+jottings, doubtless destined to be worked out at another time. It
+was clear that he had, for a few moments, drifted away from the
+Grey Room in thought when his death overtook him. Past events,
+not present problems, were apparently responsible for the
+reflections that occupied his mind. He was not concentrating on
+the material phenomena actually under his observation when he died,
+but following some private meditations provoked by his experiences.
+
+"Elimination embraces the secret of success," he had written.
+"Exercise the full force of your intelligence and spare no pains
+to eliminate from every case all matter not bearing directly upon
+the actual problem. Nine times out of ten the issue is direct,
+and once permit side issues to draw their tracks across it, once
+admit metaphysical lines of reasoning, the result will be
+confusion and a problem increasing in complexity at every stage.
+Only in romances, where a plot is invented and then complicated by
+deliberate art, shall we find the truth ultimately permitted to
+appear in some subordinate incident, or individual, studiously
+kept in the background--that is the craft of telling detective
+stories. But, in truth, one needs to lay hold of the problem by
+the throat at the outset. Deception is too much the province of
+the criminal and too little the business of the investigator; and
+where it may be possible to creep, like a snake, into a case,
+unknown for what you truly are, then your opportunities and
+chances of success are enormously increased. It is, however, the
+exception when one can start without the knowledge of anybody
+involved, and the Scotland Yard of the future will pursue its
+business under very different circumstances from the present. The
+detective's work should be made easier and not more difficult.
+None should know who is working on a case. The law's
+representatives should be disguised and move among the characters
+surrounding the crime as something other than they really are.
+They will--"
+
+Here Hardcastle's reflections came to an end. Some previous notes
+there were of superficial accidents in the Grey Room and a rough
+ground plan of it; but nothing more. He had evidently, for the
+time being, broken away from his environment and was merely
+thinking, with a pen on paper, when he died.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIl
+
+THE FANATIC
+
+
+A succession of incidents, that must have perturbed the doctor and
+his companion in earnest, had followed upon their departure from
+Chadlands, and Mary soon discovered that she was faced with a
+terrible problem.
+
+For one young woman had little chance of winning her way against
+an old man and the religious convictions that another had impressed
+upon him. Sir Walter and the priest were now at one, nor did the
+common sense of a fourth party to the argument convince them. At
+dinner Septimus May declared his purpose.
+
+"We are happily free of any antagonistic and material influence,"
+he said. "Providence has willed that those opposed to us should be
+taken elsewhere, and I am now able to do my duty without more
+opposition."
+
+"Surely, father, you do not wish this?" asked Mary. "I thought you--"
+
+But the elder was fretful.
+
+"Let me eat my meal in peace," he answered. "I am not made of
+iron, and reason cuts both ways. It was reasonable to deny Mr. May
+before these events. It would be unreasonable to pretend that the
+death of Peter Hardcastle has not changed my opinions. To cleave
+to the possibility of a physical explanation any longer is mere
+folly and obstinacy. I believe him to be right."
+
+"This is fearful for me--and fearful for everybody here. Don't
+you see what it would mean if anything happened to you, Mr. May?
+Even supposing there is a spirit hidden in the Grey Room with power
+and permission to destroy us--why, that being so, are you any
+safer than dear Tom was or this poor man?"
+
+"Because I am armed, Mary, and they were defenseless. Unhappily
+youth is seldom clothed in the whole armor of righteousness. My
+dear son was a good and honorable man, but he was not a religious
+man. He had yet to learn the incomparable and vital value of the
+practice of Christian faith. Hardcastle invited his own doom. He
+admitted--he even appeared to pride himself upon a crude and pagan
+rationalism. It is not surprising that such a man should be called
+away to learn the lessons of which he stood so gravely in need."
+
+"I know that our dear Tom was bidden to higher work--to labor in
+a higher cause than here, to purer knowledge of those things that
+matter most to the human soul," said Mary. "But that is not to
+say God chose to take him by a miracle. For what you believe
+amounts to a miracle. You know that I am bearing my loss in the
+same spirit as yourself, but, granted it had to be at God's will,
+that is no reason why we should suppose the means employed were
+outside nature."
+
+"How can you pretend they are inside nature, as we know it?" asked
+her father.
+
+"We know nothing at all yet, and I implore Mr. May to wait until
+we are at least assured that science cannot find a reason."
+
+"Fear not for me, my child," answered Septimus May. "You forget
+certain details that have assisted to decide me. Remember that
+Hardcastle had openly denied and derided the possibility of
+supernatural peril. He had challenged this potent thing not an
+hour before he was brought face to face with it. Tom went to his
+death innocently; this man cannot be absolved so easily. In my
+case, with my knowledge and faith, the conditions are very
+different, and I oppose an impregnable barrier between myself and
+the secret being. I am an old priest, and I go knowing the nature
+of my task. My weapons are such that a good spirit would applaud
+them and an evil spirit be powerless against them. Do you not see
+that the Almighty could never permit one of His creatures--for
+even the devils also are His--to defeat His own minister or
+trample on the name of Christ? It would amount to that. So armed
+one might walk in safety through the lowermost hell, for hell can
+only believe and tremble before the truth."
+
+Mary looked hopelessly at her father; but he offered her small
+comfort. Sir Walter still found himself conforming to the fierce
+piety and dogmatic assurance of the man of God. In this welter
+and upheaval his modest intellect found only a foothold here, and
+his judgment now firmly inclined to the confident assertions of
+religion. He was himself a devout and conventional believer, and
+he turned to the support of faith, and shared, with increasing
+conviction, the opinion of Septimus May, as uttered in a volume of
+confident words. He became blind to the physical danger. He even
+showed a measure of annoyance at Mary's obstinate entreaties. She
+strove to calm him, and told him he was not himself--an assertion
+that, by his inner consciousness of its truth, seemed to incense
+Sir Walter.
+
+He begged her to be silent, and declared that her remarks savored
+of irreverence. Startled and bewildered by such a criticism, the
+woman was indeed silent for some time, while her father-in-law
+flowed on and uttered his conviction. Yet not all his intensity
+and asseverations could justify such extravagant assertion. At
+another time they might even have amused Mary; but in sight of the
+fact that her father was yielding, and that the end of the argument
+would mean the clergyman in the Grey Room, she could win nothing
+but frantic anxiety from the situation. Sir Walter was broken; he
+had lost his hold on reality, and she realized that. His unsettled
+intelligence had gone over to the opposition, and there was none,
+as it seemed, to argue on her side.
+
+Septimus May had acted like a dangerous drug on Sir Walter; he
+appeared to be intoxicated in some degree. But only in mind, not
+in manner. He argued for his new attitude, and he was not as
+excited as the priest, but maintained his usual level tones.
+
+"I agreed with Mannering and Henry yesterday, as you know, Mary,"
+he said, "and at my desire Mr. May desisted from his wish. We
+see how mistaken I was, how right he must have been. I have thought
+it out this afternoon, calmly and logically. These unfortunate
+young men have died without a reason, for be sure no explanation
+of Peter Hardcastle's death will be forthcoming though the whole
+College of Surgeons examines his corpse. Then we must admit that
+life has been snatched out of these bodies by some force of which
+we have no conception. Were it natural, science would have
+discovered a reason for death; but it could not, because their
+lives flowed away as water out of a bottle, leaving the bottle
+unchanged in every particular. But life does not desert its
+physical habitation on these terms. It cannot quit a healthy,
+human body neither ruined nor rent. You must be honest with
+yourself, my child, as well as with your father-in-law and me. A
+physical cause being absolutely ruled out, what remains? To-night
+I emphatically support Mr. May, and my conscience, long in terrible
+concern, is now at rest again. And because it is at rest, I know
+that I have done well. I believe that what dear Tom's father
+desires to do--namely, to spend this night in the Grey Room--is
+now within his province and entirely proper to his profession, and
+I share his perfect faith and confidence."
+
+"It is you who lack faith, Mary," continued Septimus May. "You
+lack faith, otherwise you would appreciate the unquestionable truth
+of what your father tells you. Listen," he continued, "and
+understand something of what this means from a larger outlook than
+our own selfish and immediate interests. Much may come of my action
+for the Faith at large. I may find an answer to those grave
+questions concerning the life beyond and the whole problem of
+spiritualism now convulsing the Church and casting us into opposing
+sections. It is untrodden and mysterious ground; but I am called
+upon to tread it. For my part, I am never prepared to flout
+inquirers if they approach these subjects in a reverent spirit.
+We must not revile good men because they think differently from
+ourselves. We must examine the assertions of such inquirers as Sir
+Oliver Lodge and Sir Conan Doyle in a mood of reverence and
+sympathy. Some men drift away from the truth in vital particulars;
+but not so far that they cannot return if the road is made clear
+to them.
+
+"We must remember that our conviction of a double existence rests
+on the revelation of God through His Son, not on a mere, vague
+desire toward a future life common to all sorts and conditions of
+men. They suspected and hoped; we know. Science may explain that
+general desire if it pleases; it cannot explain, or destroy, the
+triumphant certainty born of faith. Spiritualism has succeeded to
+the biblical record of 'possession,' and I, for my part, of course
+prefer what my Bible teaches. I do not myself find that the
+'mediums' of modern spiritualism speak with tongues worthy of much
+respect up to the present, and it is certain that rogues abound;
+but the question is clamant. It demands to be discussed by our
+spiritual guides and the fathers of the Church. Already they
+recognize this fact and are beginning to approach it--some priests
+in a right spirit, some--as at the Church Congress last month--in
+a wrong spirit."
+
+"A wrong spirit, May?" asked Sir Walter.
+
+"In my opinion, a wrong spirit," answered the other. "There is
+much, even in a meeting of the Church Congress, that makes truly
+religious men mourn. They laughed when they should have learned.
+I refer to incidents and criticisms of last October. There the
+Dean of Manchester, who shows how those, who have apparently spoken
+to us from Beyond through the mouths of living persons, describe
+their different states and conditions. Stainton Moses gave us a
+vision of heaven such as an Oxford don and myself might be supposed
+to appreciate.
+
+"Raymond describes a heaven wherein the average second lieutenant
+could find all that, for the moment, he needs. But why laugh at
+these things? If we make our own hells, shall we not make our own
+heavens? We must go into the next world more or less cloyed and
+clogged with the emotions and interests of this one. It is
+inevitable. We cannot instantly throw off a lifetime of
+interests, affections, and desires. We are still human and pass
+onward as human beings, not as angels of light.
+
+"Therefore, we may reasonably suppose that the Almighty will temper
+the wind to the shorn lamb, nor impose too harsh and terrible a
+transformation upon the souls of the righteous departed, but lead
+one and all, by gradual stages and through not unfamiliar conditions,
+to the heaven of ultimate and absolute perfection that He has
+designed for His conscious creatures."
+
+"Well spoken," said Sir Walter.
+
+But Mr. May had not finished. He proceeded to the immediate point.
+
+"Shall it be denied that devils have been cast out in the name of
+God?" he asked. "And if from human tenements, then why not from
+dwellings made with human hands also? May not a house be similarly
+cleansed as well as a soul? This unknown spirit--angel or fiend,
+or other sentient being--is permitted to challenge mankind and
+draw attention to its existence. A mystery, I grant, but its Maker
+has now willed that some measure of this mystery shall be revealed
+to us. We are called to play our part in this spirit's existence.
+
+"It would seem that it has endured a sort of imprisonment in this
+particular room for more years than we know, and it may actually
+be the spirit of some departed human being condemned, for causes
+that humanity has forgotten, to remain within these walls. The
+nameless and unknown thing cries passionately to be liberated, and
+is permitted by its Maker to draw our terrified attention upon
+itself by the exercise of destructive functions transcending our
+reason.
+
+"God, then, has willed that, through the agency of devout and
+living men, the unhappy phantom shall now be translated and moved
+from this environment for ever; and to me the appointed task is
+allotted. So I believe, as firmly as I believe in the death and
+resurrection of the Lord. Is that clear to you, Sir Walter?"
+
+"It is. You have made it convincingly clear."
+
+"So be it, then. I, too, Mary, am not dead to the meaning of
+science in its proper place. We may take an illustration of what
+I have told you from astronomy. As comets enter our system from
+realms of which we have no knowledge, dazzle us a little, awaken
+our speculations and then depart, so may certain immortal spirits
+also be supposed to act. We entangle them possibly in our gross
+air and detain them for centuries, or moments, until their Creator's
+purpose in sending them is accomplished. Then He takes the means
+to liberate them and set them on their eternal roads and to their
+eternal tasks once more."
+
+The listening woman, almost against her reason, felt herself
+beginning to share these assumptions. But that they were fantastic,
+unsupported by any human knowledge, and would presently involve an
+experiment full of awful peril to the life of the man who uttered
+them, she also perceived. Yet her reasonable caution and
+conventional distrust began to give way a little under the priest's
+magnetic voice, his flaming eyes, his positive and triumphant
+certainty of truth. He burned with his inspiration, and she felt
+herself powerless to oppose any argument founded on facts against
+the mystic enthusiasm of such religious faith. His honesty and
+fervor could not, however, abate Mary's acute fear. Her father
+had entirely gone over to the side of the devotee and she knew it.
+
+"It is well we have your opportunity to-night," he said, "for had
+the police arrived, out of their ignorance they might deny it
+to you."
+
+Yet Mary fought on against them. In despair she appealed to Masters.
+He had been an officer's orderly in his day, and when he left the
+Army and came to Chadlands, he never departed again. He was an
+intelligent man, who occupied a good part of his leisure in reading.
+He set Sir Walter and Mary first in his affections; and that Mary
+should have won him so completely she always held to be a triumph,
+since Abraham Masters had no regard or admiration for women.
+
+"Can't you help me, Masters?" she begged. "I'm sure you know as
+well as I do that this ought not to happen."
+
+The butler eyed his master. He was handing coffee, but none took it.
+
+"By all means speak," said Sir Walter. "You know how I rate your
+judgment, Masters. You have heard Mr. May upon this terrible
+subject, and should be convinced, as I am."
+
+Masters was very guarded.
+
+"It's not for me to pass an opinion, Sir Walter. But the reverend
+gentleman, no doubt, understands such things. Only there's the
+Witch of Endor, if I may mention the creature, she fetched up more
+than she bargained for. And I remember a proverb as I heard in
+India, from a Hindoo. I've forgot the lingo now, but I remember
+the sense. They Hindoos say that if you knock long enough at a
+closed door, the devil will open it--excuse my mentioning such a
+thing; but Hindoos are awful wise."
+
+"And what then, Masters? I know not who may open the door of this
+mystery; but this I know, that, in the Name of the Most High God,
+I can face whatever opens it."
+
+"I ain't particular frightened neither, your reverence," said
+Masters. "But I wouldn't chance it alone, being about average
+sinful and not near good enough to tackle that unknown horror hid
+up there single-handed. I'd chance it, though, in high company
+like yours. And that's something."
+
+"It is, Masters, and much to your credit," declared Sir Walter.
+"For that matter, I would do the like. Indeed, I am willing to
+accompany Mr. May."
+
+While Septimus May shook his head and Mary trembled, the butler
+spoke again.
+
+"But there's nobody else in this house would. Not even Fred
+Caunter, who doesn't know the meaning of fear, as you can testify,
+Sir Walter. But he's fed up with the Grey Room, if I may say so,
+and so's the housekeeper, Mrs. Forbes, and so's Jane Bond. Not
+that they would desert the ship; but there's others that be going
+to do so. I may mention that four maids and Jackson intend to give
+notice to-morrow. Ann Maine, the second housemaid, has gone
+to-night. Her father fetched her. Excuse me mentioning it, but
+Mrs. Forbes will give you the particulars to-morrow, if you please."
+
+"Hysteria," declared Sir Walter. "I don't blame them. It is
+natural. Everybody is free to go, if they desire to do so. But
+tell them what you have heard to-night, Masters. Tell them that
+no good Christian need fear to rest in peace. Explain that Mr. May
+will presently enter the Grey Room in the name of God; and bid them
+pray on their knees for him before they go to sleep."
+
+Masters hesitated.
+
+"All the same, I very much wish the reverend gentleman would give
+Scotland Yard a chance. If they fall, then he can wipe their eye
+after--excuse my language, Sir Walter. I've read a lot about the
+spirits, being terrible interested in 'em, as all human men must
+be; and I hear that running after 'em often brings trouble. I
+don't mean to your life, Sir Walter, but to your wits. People get
+cracked on 'em and have to be locked up. I stopped everybody
+frightening themselves into 'sterics at dinner to-day; but you
+could see how it took 'em; and, whether or no, I do beg Mr. May to
+be so kind as to let me sit up along with him to-night.
+
+"You never hear of two people getting into trouble with these here
+customers, and while he was going for this blackguard ghost in the
+name of the Lord, I could keep my weather eye lifting for trouble.
+'Tis a matter for common sense and keeping your nerve, in my
+opinion, and we don't want another death on our hands, I suppose.
+There'll be half the mountebanks and photograph men and newspaper
+men in the land here to-morrow, and 'twill take me all my time to
+keep 'em from over-running the house. Because if they could come
+in their scores for the late captain--poor gentleman!--what won't
+they try now this here famous detective has been done in?"
+
+"Henry deplored the same thing," said Mary. "And I answer again,
+as I answered then," replied Septimus May. "You mean well, Sir
+Walter, and your butler means well; but you propose an act in
+direct opposition to the principle that inspires me."
+
+"What do you expect to happen?" asked Mary. "Do you suppose you
+will see something, and that something will tell you what it is,
+and why it killed dear Tom?"
+
+"That, at any rate, would be a very great blessing to the living,"
+said her father.
+
+"The least the creature could do, in my humble opinion," ventured
+Masters.
+
+But Septimus May deprecated such curiosity.
+
+"Hope for no such thing, and do not dwell upon what is to happen
+until I am able to tell you what does happen," he answered. "Allow
+no human weakness, no desire to learn the secrets of another world,
+to distract your thoughts. I am only concerned with what I know
+beyond possibility of doubt is my duty--to be entered upon as
+swiftly as possible. I hear my call in the very voice of the wind
+shouting round the house to-night. But beyond my duty I do not seek.
+Whether information awaits me, whether some manifestation indicating
+my success and valuable to humanity will be granted, I cannot say.
+I do not stop now to think about that.
+
+"Alone I do this thing--yet not alone, for my hand is in my Maker's
+hand. Your part will not be to accompany me. Let each man and
+woman be informed of what I do, and let them lift a petition for
+me, that my work be crowned with success. But let them not assume
+that to-morrow I shall have anything to impart. The night may be
+one of peace within, though so stormy without. I may pray till
+dawn with no knowledge how my prayer prospers, or I may be called
+to face a being that no human eye has ever seen and lived. These
+things are hidden from us."
+
+"You are wonderful, and it is heartening to meet with such mighty
+faith," replied Sir Walter. "You have no fear, no shadow of
+hesitation or doubt at the bottom of your mind?"
+
+"None. Only an overmastering desire to obey the message that
+throbs in my heart. I will be honest with you, for I recognize
+that many might doubt whether you were in the right to let me face
+this ordeal. But I am driven by an overwhelming mandate. Did I
+fear, or feel one tremor of uncertainty, I would not proceed; for
+any wavering might be fatal and give me helpless into the power of
+this watchful spirit; but I am as certain of my duty as I am that
+salvation awaits the just man.
+
+"I believe that I shall liberate this arrested being with cathartic
+prayer and cleansing petition to our common Maker. And have I not
+the spirit of my dead boy on my side? Could any living man, however
+well intentioned, watch with me and over me as he will? Fear
+nothing; go to your rest, and let all who would assist me do so on
+their knees before they sleep."
+
+Even Masters echoed some of this fierce and absolute faith when he
+returned to the servants' hall.
+
+"His eyes blaze," he said. "He's about the most steadfast man ever
+I saw inside a pulpit, or out of it. You feel if that man went to
+the window and told the rain to stop and the wind to go down, they
+would. No ghost that ever walked could best him anyway. They
+asked me to talk and say what I felt, and I did; but words are
+powerless against such an iron will as he's got.
+
+"I doubted first, and Sir Walter said he doubted likewise; but he's
+dead sure now, and what's good enough for him is good enough for us.
+I'll bet Caunter, or any man, an even flyer that he's going to put
+the creature down and out and come off without a scratch himself.
+I offered to sit up with him, so did Sir Walter; but he wouldn't
+hear of it. So all we've got to do is to turn in and say our
+prayers. That's simple enough for God-fearing people, and we can't
+do no better than to obey orders."
+
+It was none the less a nervous and highly strung household that
+presently went to bed, and no woman slept without another woman to
+keep her company. Sir Walter found himself worn out in mind and
+body. Mary made him take his bromide, and he slept without a
+dream, despite the din of the great "sou'-wester" and the distant,
+solemn crash of more than one great tree thrown upon the lap of
+mother earth at last.
+
+Before he retired, however, something in the nature of a procession
+had escorted the priest to his ordeal. Mr. May donned biretta,
+surplice, and stole, for, as he explained, he was to hold a
+religious service as sacred and significant as any other rite.
+
+"Lord send him no congregation then," thought Masters.
+
+But, with Sir Walter and Mary, he followed the ministrant, and
+left him at the open door of the Grey Room. The electric light
+shone steadily; but the storm seemed to beat its fists at the
+windows, and the leaded panes shook and chattered. With no bell
+and candle, but his Bible alone, Septimus May entered the room,
+having first made the sign of the Cross before him; then he turned
+and bade good-night to all.
+
+"Be of good faith!" were the last words he spoke to them.
+
+Having done so he shut the door, and they heard his voice
+immediately uplifted in prayer. They waited a little, and the
+sound roiled steadily on. Sir Walter then bade Masters extinguish
+all the lights and send the household to bed, though the time was
+not more than ten o'clock.
+
+As for Masters, the glamour and appeal of those strenuous words at
+the dinner-table had now passed, and presently, as he prepared to
+retire, he found himself far less confident and assured than his
+recent words had implied. He sank slowly from hope to fear, even
+pictured the worse, and asked himself what would follow if the
+worst happened. He believed that it might mean serious disaster
+for Sir Walter. If another life were sacrificed to this unknown
+peril, and it transpired that his master had sanctioned what
+would amount to suicide in the eyes of reason; then he began to
+fear that grave trouble must result. Already the burning words
+of Septimus May began to cool and sound unreal, and Masters
+suspected that, if they were repeated in other ears, which had not
+heard him utter them, or seen the fervor of religious earnestness
+and reverence in which they had been spoken, this feverish business
+of exorcising a ghost in the twentieth century might only awake
+derision and receive neither credence nor respect. His entire
+concern was for Sir Walter, not Mr. May. He could not sleep,
+lighted a pipe, considered whether it was in his power to do
+anything, felt a sudden impulse to take certain steps, yet
+hesitated--from no fear to himself, but doubt whether action might
+not endanger another. Mary did not sleep either, and she suffered
+more, for she had never approved, and now she blamed herself not a
+little for her weak opposition. A thousand arguments occurred to
+her while she lay awake. Then, for a time, she forgot present
+tribulations, and her own grief overwhelmed her, as it was wont to
+do by night. For while the events that had so swiftly followed
+each other since her husband's death banished him now and again,
+save from her subconscious mind, when alone he was swift to return
+and her sorrow made many a night sleepless. She was herself ill,
+but did not know it. The reaction had yet to come, and could not
+be long delayed, for her nervous energy was worn out now. She wept
+and lived days with the dead; then the present returned to
+her mind, and she fretted and prayed--for Septimus May and for
+daylight. She wondered why stormy nights were always the longest.
+She heard a thousand unfamiliar sounds, and presently leaped from
+her bed, put on a dressing-gown, and crept out into the house.
+To know that all was well with the watcher would hearten her.
+But then her feet dragged before she had left the threshold of
+her own room, and she stood still and shuddered a little. For how
+if all were not well? How if his voice no longer sounded?
+
+She hesitated to make the experiment, and balanced the relief of
+reassurance against the horror of silence. She remembered a storm
+at sea, when through a long night, not lacking danger to a
+laboring steamer with weak engines, she had lain awake and felt
+her heart warm again when the watch shouted the hour.
+
+She set out, then, determined to know if all prospered with her
+father-in-law. Nor would she give ear to misgiving or ask herself
+what she would do if no voice were steadily uplifted in the Grey
+Room.
+
+The great wind seemed to play upon Chadlands like a harp. It
+roared and reverberated, now stilled a moment for another leap,
+now died away against the house, yet still sounded with a steady
+shout in the neighbor trees. At the casements it tugged and
+rattled; against them it flung the rain fiercely. Every bay and
+passage of the interior uttered its own voice, and overhead was
+creaking of old timbers, rattling of old slates, and rustling of
+mortar fragments dislodged by sudden vibrations.
+
+Mary proceeded on her way, and then, to her astonishment, heard a
+footfall, and nearly ran into an invisible figure approaching from
+the direction of the Grey Room. Man and woman startled each other,
+but neither exclaimed, and Mrs. May spoke.
+
+"Who is it?" she asked; and Masters answered:
+
+"Oh, my gracious! Terrible sorry, ma'am! If I didn't think--"
+
+"What on earth are you doing, Masters?"
+
+"Much the same as you, I expect, ma'am. I thought just to creep
+along and see if the reverend gentleman was all right. And he is.
+The light's burning--you can see it under the door--and he's
+praying away, steady as a steam-threshing machine. I doubt he's
+keeping the evil creature at arm's length, and I'm a tidy lot more
+hopeful than what I was an hour ago. The thing ain't strong enough
+to touch a man praying to God like what he can. But if prayers keep
+it harmless, then it's got ears and it's alive!"
+
+"Can you believe that, Masters?" she whispered.
+
+"Got to, ma'am. If it was just a natural horror beyond the reach
+of prayer, it would have knocked his reverence out long before now,
+like other people. It settled the police officer in under an hour,
+and Mr. May's been up against it for three--nearly four hours, so
+far. He'll bolt it yet, I shouldn't wonder, like a ferret bolts
+a rat."
+
+"You really feel more hopeful?"
+
+"Yes, I do, ma'am; and if he can fire the creature and signal
+'All's clear' for Chadlands, it will calm everybody and be a proper
+feather in his cap, and he did ought to be made a bishop, at the
+least. Not that Scotland Yard men will believe a word of it
+to-morrow, all the same. Ghosts are bang out of their line, and
+I never met even a common constable that believed in 'em, except
+Bob Parrett, and he had bats in the belfry, poor chap. No; they'll
+reckon it's somebody in the house, I expect, who wanted to kill
+t' others, but ain't got no quarrel with Mr. May. And you'd be
+wise to get back to bed, ma'am, and try to sleep, else you'll catch
+a cold. I'll look round again in an hour or to, if I don't go to
+sleep my self."
+
+They parted, while the storm still ran high, and through the empty
+corridor, when it was lulled, a voice rolled steadily on from the
+Grey Boom.
+
+When it suddenly ceased, an hour before dawn, the storm had already
+begun to sink, and through a rack of flying and breaking cloud the
+"Hunter" wheeled westerly to his setting.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+THE LABORS OF THE FOUR
+
+
+Despite the storm, Sir Walter slept through the night, and did not
+waken until his man drew the blinds upon a dawn sky so clear that
+it seemed washed of its blue. He had directed to be wakened at
+six o'clock.
+
+"What of Mr. May?" he asked.
+
+"Masters wants to know if we shall call him, Sir Walter."
+
+"Not if he has returned to his room, but immediately if still in
+the Grey Room."
+
+"He's not in his own room, sir."
+
+"Then seek him at once."
+
+The valet hesitated.
+
+"Please, Sir Walter, there's none much cares to open the door."
+
+He heard his daughter's voice outside at the same moment.
+
+"Mr. May has not left the Grey Room, father."
+
+"I'll be with you in a moment," he answered.
+
+Then he rose, dressed partially, and joined her. She was full of
+active fear.
+
+"All went well at two o'clock," she said, "for I crept out to
+listen. So did Masters. Mr. May's voice sounded clear and steady."
+
+They found the butler at the door of the Grey Room. He was pale
+and mopping his forehead.
+
+"I've called to him, but it's as silent as the grave in there," he
+said. "It's all up with the gentleman; I know it!"
+
+"He may not be there; he may have gone out," answered Sir Walter.
+
+Then he opened the door widely and entered. The electric light
+still shone and killed the pallid white stare of the morning. Upon
+a little table under it they observed Septimus May's Bible, open at
+an epistle of St. Paul, but the priest himself was on the floor
+some little distance away. He lay in a huddled heap of his
+vestments. He had fallen upon his right side apparently, and,
+though the surplice and cassock which he had worn were disarranged,
+he appeared peaceful enough, with his cheek on a foot stool, as
+though disposed deliberately upon the ground to sleep. His biretta
+was still upon his head; his eyes were open, and the fret and
+passion manifested by his face in life had entirely left it. He
+looked many years younger, and no emotion of any kind marked his
+placid countenance. But he was dead; his heart had ceased to beat
+and his extremities were already cold. The room appeared unchanged
+in every particular. As in the previous cases, death had come by
+stealth, yet robbed, as far as the living could judge, of all
+terror for its victim.
+
+Masters called Caunter and Sir Walter's valet, who stood at the
+door. The latter declined to enter or touch the dead, but Caunter
+obeyed, and together the two men lifted Mr. May and carried him
+to his own room. In a moment it seemed that the house knew what
+had happened.
+
+A scene of panic and hysteria followed below stairs, and, without
+Jane Bond's description of it, Mary knew the people were running
+out of the house as from a plague. She left her father with
+Masters, and strove to calm the frightened domestics. She spoke
+well, and explained that the event, horrible though it was, yet
+proved that no cause for their alarm any longer existed.
+
+"If it had been a wicked spirit we do not understand, it would have
+had no power over Mr. May, who was a saint of God," she said. "Be
+at peace, restrain yourselves, and fear nothing now. There is no
+ghost here. Had it been a demon or any such thing, it must have
+been conscious, and therefore powerless against Mr. May. This
+proves that there is some fearful natural danger which we have not
+yet discovered hidden in the room, but no harm can happen to
+anybody if they do not go into the room. The police are coming
+from Scotland Yard in an hour or two, and you may feel as sure,
+as I do, and Sir Walter does, that they will find out the truth,
+whatever it is. You must none of you think of leaving before they
+come. If you do, they will only send for you again. Please
+prepare your breakfast and be reasonable. Sir Walter is terribly
+upset, and it would be a base thing if any of you were to desert
+him at a moment like this."
+
+They grew steadier before her, and Mrs. Forbes, the housekeeper,
+who believed what Mary had said, added her voice.
+
+Then Sir Walter's daughter returned to her father, who was with
+Masters in the study. A man had already started for a doctor, but
+with Mannering away there was none nearer than Neon Abbot.
+
+Mary called on Masters to assert his authority, and reassure the
+household as she had done. She told him her argument, and he
+accepted it as a revelation.
+
+"Thank God you could keep your senses and see that, ma'am! Tell
+the master the same, and make him drink a drop of spirits and get
+into his clothes. He's shook cruel!"
+
+He had already brought the brandy, which was his panacea for all
+ills, and now left Mary and her father together. She found him
+collapsed, and forgot the cause for a few moments in her present
+concern for him. Indeed, she always thought, and often said
+afterwards, that but for the minor needs for action that intervened
+in this series of terrible moments she must herself have gone out
+of her mind. But something always happened, as in this case, to
+demand her full attention, and so arrest and deflect the strain
+almost at the moment of its impact.
+
+She found that the ideas she had just employed to pacify the
+servants' hall were also in her father's thoughts. From them,
+however, he won no consolation, though he stood convinced. But
+the fact that Septimus May should have failed, and paid for his
+failure with his life, now assumed its true significance for Sir
+Walter. He was self-absorbed, prostrate, and desperate. In such
+a condition one is not master of oneself, and may say and do
+anything. The old man's armor was off, and in the course of his
+next few speeches, by a selfish forgetfulness that he would have
+been the first to condemn in another, he revealed a thing that was
+destined to cause the young widow bitter and needless pain. First,
+however, he pointed out what she already grasped and made clear to
+others.
+
+"This upsets all May's theories and gives the lie to me as well.
+Why did I believe him! Why did I let him convince me against my
+better judgment?"
+
+"Do not fret about that now."
+
+"You might say, 'I told you so!' but you will not do that.
+Nevertheless, you were right to seek to stop this unfortunate man
+last night, and he was terribly mistaken. No being from another
+world had anything to do with his death. If we granted that, there
+is an end of religious faith."
+
+"We can be sure of it, father. Evil spirits would have had no
+power over Mr. May, if there is a just God in heaven."
+
+"Then it is something else. If not a spirit, then a living man--a
+human devil--and the police will discover him. In this house, one
+we have known and trusted; for all are known and trusted. They
+will blame me, with good reason, for sacrificing another life. The
+irony of fate that I, of all men, one so much alive to the meaning
+of mercy--that I, out of superstitious folly--But how will it
+look in the eyes of justice? Black--black! I am well prepared
+to suffer what I have deserved, Mary. Nothing that man can do to
+me equals the shame and dismay I feel when I consider what I have
+done to myself!"
+
+"You must not talk so; it is unworthy of you. You know it, father,
+while you speak. Nobody has a right to question you or your
+opinions. Many would have been convinced by Mr. May last night.
+They may still think that he was right, and that, far from
+receiving evil treatment, he was blessed by being taken away into
+the next world without pain or shock. We must feel for him as we
+try to feel for dear Tom. And I do not mean that I am sorry for
+him; I am only sorry for us, because of the difficulty of
+explaining. Yet to tell the truth will not be difficult. They
+must do the best they can. It doesn't matter as much as you think.
+Indeed, how should they blame you at all until they themselves find
+out the truth?"
+
+"They will--they must! They will discover the reason. They will
+hunt down the murderer, and they will inevitably attach utmost
+blame to me for listening to a man possessed. May was possessed,
+I tell you!"
+
+"He was exceedingly convincing. When I listened to him he shook
+me, too."
+
+"I should have supported you, instead of going over to him."
+
+"He knows the truth now. He is with Tom now. We must remember
+that. We know they are happy, and that makes the opinion of living
+people matter very little."
+
+Then, out of his weakness, he smote her, and thrust upon her some
+hours of agony, very horrible in their nature, which there was no
+good reason that Mary should have suffered.
+
+"Who is alive and who is dead?" he asked. "We don't even know that.
+The police demanded to make their own inquiries, and Peter
+Hardcastle may at this moment be a living and breathing man, if
+they are right."
+
+She stared at him and feared for his reason.
+
+"What do you mean?"
+
+"I mean that they were not prepared to grant that he was dead.
+Henry and Mannering took him up on that assumption. He may have
+been restored to animation and his vital forces recovered. Why
+not? There was nothing visible to indicate dissolution. We have
+heard of trances, catalepsies, which simulate death so closely
+that even physicians are deceived. Have not men been buried alive?
+Tom's father at this moment might be restored to life, if we only
+knew how to act."
+
+"Then--" she said, with horrified eyes, and stopped.
+
+He saw what he had done.
+
+"God forgive me! No, no, not that, Mary! It's all madness and
+moonshine! This is delirium; it will kill me! Don't think I
+believe them, any more than Mannering did, or Henry did. Henry
+has seen much death; he could not have been deceived. Tom was dead,
+and your heart told you he was dead. One cannot truly make any
+mistake in the presence of death; I know that."
+
+Mary was marvellously restrained, despite the fact that she had
+received this appalling blow and vividly suffered all that it
+implied.
+
+"I will try to put it out of my mind, father," she said quietly.
+"But if Mr. Hardcastle is alive, I shall go mad!"
+
+"He is not. Mannering was positive."
+
+"Nevertheless, he may be. And if he is, then Mr. May probably is."
+
+"Grotesque, horrible, worse than death even! Keep your mind away
+from it, my darling, for the love of God!"
+
+"Who knows what we can suffer till we are called to find out? No,
+I shall not go mad. But I must know to-day. I cannot eat or sleep
+until I know. I shall not live long if they don't tell me quickly."
+
+Her father trembled and grew very white.
+
+"This is the worst of all," he said. "These things will leave a
+burning brand. I am ruined by them, and my life thrown down. I,
+that thought I was strong, prove so weak that I can forget my own
+daughter, and out of cowardly misery speak of a thing she should
+never have known. You have your revenge, Mary, for I shall go a
+broken man from this hour. Nothing can ever be the same again.
+My self-respect is gone. I could have endured everything else--
+the things that I dreaded. All I could have suffered and
+survived; but to have forgotten and stabbed you--"
+
+"Don't, don't--come--we have got each other, father--we have
+still got each other. The dead understand everything. Who else
+matters? Go to your room, and let your dear mind rest. I am not
+suffering. We cannot alter the past, and who would wish it, if
+they believe in eternal life? I would not call Tom back if I had
+the power to do so. Be sure of that."
+
+She spoke comfortable words to him, and supported him to his room.
+She knew the police would soon arrive, and though they could not
+report concerning the life, or death, of Peter Hardcastle, she
+doubted not that definite information relating to him must come to
+Chadlands quickly. Upon that another life might hang. Yet, when
+the medical man arrived from Newton, he could only say that
+Septimus May was dead. He was a friend of Mannering, and knew the
+London opinion, that this form of apparent death might in reality
+conceal latent possibilities of resuscitation; but he spoke with
+absolute certainty. He was old, and had nearly fifty years of
+professional experience behind him.
+
+"The man is dead, or I never saw death," he declared. "By a
+hundred independent evidences we can be positive. Post-mortem
+stains have already appeared, and were they ever known on a living
+body? Of the others who died in this room I know nothing
+personally; but here is death, and in twenty-four hours the fact
+will be plain to the perception of an idiot. What has happened is
+this: the London police have heard of a famous, recent German case
+mentioned in 'Deutsche Medizinische Wochenschraft'--an astonishing
+thing. A woman, who had taken morphine and barbital, was found
+apparently dead after a night's exposure in some lonely spot.
+There were no reflexes, no pulse, no respiration or heart-beat.
+Yet she was alive--existing without oxygen--an impossibility as
+we had always supposed. Seeing no actual evidence of death, the
+physicians injected camphor and caffein and took other restorative
+steps, with the result that in an hour the woman breathed again!
+Twenty-four hours later she was conscious and able to speak. It
+is assumed that the poison and the cold night air together had
+paralyzed her vasomotor nerves and reduced her body to a state akin
+to hibernation, wherein physical needs are at their minimum. That
+case has doubtless awakened these suspicions, and having regard to
+them, we will keep the poor gentleman in a warm room and proceed
+with the classical means for restoring respiration."
+
+The doctor was thus engaged when four men reached Chadlands after
+their nightly journey. They were detective officers of wide
+reputation, and their chief--a grey-haired man with a round,
+amiable face and impersonal manner--listened to the events that
+had followed upon Peter Hardcastle's arrival and departure.
+
+Sir Walter himself narrated the incidents, and perceiving his
+excitation, Inspector Frith assumed the gentlest and most forbearing
+attitude that he knew.
+
+The police had come in a fighting humor. They arrived without any
+preconceived ideas or plan of action; but they were in bitter
+earnest, and knew that a great body of public opinion lay behind
+them. That Hardcastle, who had won such credit for his department
+and earned the applause of two continents, should have thus been
+lost, in a manner so mean and futile, exasperated not only his
+personal colleagues, but the larger public interested in his
+picturesque successes and achievements.
+
+The new arrivals felt little doubt that their colleague was indeed
+dead, nor, when they heard of the last catastrophe, and presently
+stood by Septimus May, could they feel the most shadowy suspicion
+that life might be restored to him. Sir Walter found his nerve
+steadied on the arrival of these men. Indeed, by comparison with
+other trials, the ordeal before him now seemed of no complexity.
+He gave a clear account of events, admitted his great error, and
+answered all questions without any further confusion of mind.
+
+"I am not concerned to justify my permission in the matter of Mr.
+May," he concluded. "I deeply deplore it, and bitterly lament the
+result; but my reasons for granting him leave to do what he desired
+I am prepared to justify when the time comes. Others also heard
+him speak, and though he did not convince my daughter, whose
+intellect is keener than my own, I honestly believed him with all
+my heart. It seemed to me that only so could any reasonable
+explanation be reached. Moreover, you have to consider his own
+triumphant conviction and power of argument. Rightly or wrongly,
+he made me feel that he was not mistaken--indeed, made me share
+his resolute convictions. These things I am prepared to explain
+if need be. But that will not matter to you. Personally I am now
+only too sure that both Septimus May and I were mistaken. I realize
+that there must exist some physical causes for these terrible
+things, that they are of human origin, and I hope devoutly that
+you will be permitted by Providence to discover them, and those
+responsible for them. But the peril is evidently still acute. The
+danger remains, and I need not ask you to recognize it."
+
+Inspector Frith answered him, and proved more human than Sir Walter
+expected. He was an educated man of high standing in his business.
+
+"We'll waste no time," he said. "Perhaps it is as well you are
+convinced, Sir Walter, that these things have happened inside
+natural laws, and don't depend on beings in some unknown fourth
+dimension. That is your affair, and I am very sure, as you say,
+that you can give good reasons for what you did at a future inquiry,
+though the results are so shocking. Poor Peter was taken back to
+London last night, you tell us, according to directions. If he's
+in the same case as this unfortunate gentleman, then there's not
+much doubt about his being dead. We must begin at the beginning,
+though for us, naturally, Hardcastle's operations and their failure
+are the most interesting facts to be dealt with. You have told us
+everything that happened to him. But we have not heard who found
+him."
+
+"My nephew, Henry Lennox."
+
+"He found Captain May, too?"
+
+"He did. He was the last to see him alive, and the first to see
+him afterwards."
+
+"Is he here?"
+
+"He will be here in the course of the day. He travelled to London
+last night with the body of Mr. Hardcastle."
+
+"Why?"
+
+"The doctor, Mr. Mannering, wished him to do so. He desired to
+have a companion."
+
+"Have you anything further that you would care to tell us?"
+
+"Only this, that I think Mr. Hardcastle, with whom I had a long
+conversation on his arrival, gave it as his opinion that it was
+not in the Grey Room we must look for an explanation. I believe
+he regarded his visit to the room itself as a comparatively
+unimportant part of the case. He was really more interested in
+the life of my son-in-law and his relations with other people.
+I think he regarded May's death as a matter which had been
+determined outside the Grey Room. But, if I may presume to
+advise you, this view of his is surely proved mistaken in the light
+of his own destruction and what has happened since. It is certain
+now that the cause of danger lies actually in the room itself, and
+equally certain that what killed my son-in-law also killed Mr.
+Hardcastle and, last night, killed the Reverend Septimus May."
+
+"On the fact of it, yes," admitted Frith. "I think, after we have
+considered the situation now developed and visited the Grey Room,
+we shall agree that there, at any rate, we may begin the work that
+has brought us. You understand we rule out the possibility of any
+supernatural event, as Hardcastle, of course, did. While he very
+properly centred on the history of Captain May, and, from his point
+of view, did not expect to find the accident of the captain's death
+in this particular place would prove important, we shall now assume
+otherwise, and give the room, or somebody with access to it, the
+credit for this destruction of human life. We shall fasten on the
+room therefore. Our inquiry is fairly simple at the outset, simpler
+than poor Hardcastle's. It will lie along one of two channels, and
+it depends entirely upon which channel we have to proceed whether
+the matter is going to take much time, and possibly fail of
+explanation at the end, or but a short time, and be swiftly cleared
+up. I hope the latter."
+
+"I shall be glad if you can explain that remark," answered Sir
+Walter; but Mr. Frith was not prepared immediately to do so.
+
+"Fully when the time comes, Sir Walter; but for the moment, no--
+not even to you. You will understand that our work must be
+entirely secret, and the lines on which we proceed known only to
+ourselves."
+
+"That is reasonable, for you cannot tell yet whether I, who speak
+to you, may not be responsible for everything. At least, command
+me. I only hope to Heaven you are not going to discover a great
+crime."
+
+"I share your hope. That is why I speak of two channels for
+inquiry," answered the detective. "Needless to say, we four men
+shall discuss the new light thrown upon the situation very fully.
+At present the majority of us are inclined to believe there is no
+crime, and the death of Mr. May does not, to my mind, increase the
+likelihood of such a thing. Indeed, it supports me, I should judge,
+in my present opinion. What that is will appear without much delay.
+We'll get to our quarters now, and ask to see the Grey Room later
+on."
+
+"May I inquire concerning Mr. Hardcastle? I hope he had no wife
+or family to mourn him."
+
+"He was a bachelor, and lived with his mother, who keeps a shop.
+The intention is to examine his body this morning, and submit it
+to certain conclusive tests. Nobody expects much from them, but
+they're not going to lose half a chance. He was a great man."
+
+"You will hear at once from London if anything transpires to help
+you?"
+
+"We shall hear by noon at latest."
+
+Sir Walter left them then, and Masters took the four to their
+accommodation. Their rooms were situated together in the corridor,
+as near the east end of it as possible. But the four were not yet
+of one mind, and when they met presently, and walked together in
+the garden for an hour, it appeared that while two of them agreed
+with Inspector Frith, under whom all acted, the fourth held to a
+contrary view, and desired to take the second of the two channels
+his chief had mentioned.
+
+Thus three men believed some extraordinary concatenation of
+circumstances, probably mechanical in operation, was responsible
+for all that had happened in the Grey Room; but the fourth, a man
+older than Frith, and in some sort his rival for many years, held
+to it that the reason of these things must be sought in an active
+and conscious agency. He trusted in a living cause, but felt
+confident that it was not a sane one. He had known a case when a
+madman, unsuspected of madness, had operated with extraordinary
+skill to destroy innocent persons and escape detection, and
+already he was disposed to believe that among the household of
+Chadlands might hide such an insane criminal.
+
+On a similar plane, it was in his personal experience that
+weak-minded persons, possessed with a desire to do something out
+of the common, had often planned and perpetrated apparent
+physical phenomena, and created an appearance of supernatural
+visitations, only exposed after great difficulty by professional
+research. Along such lines, therefore, this man was prepared to
+operate, and he believed it might be possible that a maniac, in
+possession of some physical secret, would be found among the
+inhabitants of the manor house. He did not, however, elaborate
+this opinion, but kept it to himself. Indeed, the human element
+of jealousy, so often responsible for the frustration of the
+worthiest human ambitions, was not absent from the minds of the
+four now concerned with this problem.
+
+Each desired to solve it, and while no rivalry existed among them,
+save in the case of the two older men, it was certain that the
+eldest of the four would not lose his hold on his own theory, or
+be at very vital pains to stultify it. All, however, were fully
+conscious of the danger before them, and Frith, from the first,
+directed that none was to work alone, either in the Grey Room or
+elsewhere.
+
+At noon a telegram arrived for Mr. Frith from Scotland Yard. It
+recorded the fact that Peter Hardcastle was dead, and that
+examination had revealed no cause for his end. The news reached
+Sir Walter at once, and if ever he rejoiced in the death of a
+fellow-creature, it was upon this occasion. It meant unspeakable
+relief both for him and his daughter.
+
+The detectives began their operations after a midday meal, and
+having first carefully studied the Grey Room in every visible
+particular, they emptied it of its contents, and placed the
+pictures, furniture, and statuette outside in the corridor. They
+asked for no assistance, and desired that none should visit the
+scene of their labors. The apartment, empty to the walls, they
+examined minutely; with the help of ladders, they investigated the
+outer walls on the east and south side; and they probed the chimney
+from above and below. They searched the adjoining room--Mary's
+old nursery--to satisfy themselves that no communication existed,
+and they drove an iron rod through the walls in various directions,
+only to prove they were of solid stone, eighteen inches thick
+within and two feet thick without. There was no apartment on the
+other side of the chamber. It completed the eastern angle of the
+house front, and behind it, inside, the corridor terminated at an
+eastern window parallel with the Grey Room oriel, but flat and
+undecorated--a modern window inserted by Sir Walter's grandfather
+to lighten a dark corner. Not a foot of the walls they left
+untested, and they examined and removed a portion of the paper upon
+them also. Then, taking up the carpet, they broke into the
+flooring and skirting boards, but discovered no indication that
+the grime and dust of centuries had ever been disturbed. The
+desiccated mummy of a rat alone rewarded their scrutiny. It lay
+between great timbers under the planking--beams that supported
+the elaborate stucco roof of a dwelling-room below.
+
+To the ceiling of the Grey Room they next turned their attention,
+fastened an electric wire to the nearest point, and, through a
+trap-door in the roof of the passage, investigated the empty
+space between the ceiling and the roof. Not an inch of the massive
+oaken struts above did they fail to scrutinize, and they made
+experiments with smoke and water, to learn if, at any point, so
+much as a pin-hole existed in the face of the stucco. But it was
+solid, and spread evenly to a considerable depth. They studied it,
+then, from inside the room, to discover nothing but the
+beautifully modeled surface, encrusted with successive layers of
+whitewash. The workmanship belonged to a time when men knew not
+to scamp their labors and art and craft went hand in hand. Such
+enthusiasms perished with the improvement of education. They died
+with the Guilds, and the Unions are not concerned to revive them.
+
+The detectives had finished this examination when, at an hour in
+the late afternoon, Henry Lennox and Dr. Mannering returned. The
+authorities had been informed of the death of Septimus May, and
+desired that no more than the ordinary formalities should be taken,
+unless their representatives at Chadlands thought otherwise. But
+they did not. They were now convinced that no communication
+existed between the Grey Room and the outer world, and they
+declared their determination to watch in it during the coming night.
+As a preliminary to this course, however, they examined each piece
+of furniture and every picture and other object that they had
+removed from the room. These told them nothing, and presently they
+restored the chamber in every particular, re-laid and nailed the
+carpet, and placed each article as it had stood when they arrived.
+They continued to decline assistance, and made it clear that nobody
+was to approach the end of the corridor in which they worked.
+Alive to the danger, but believing that, whatever its quality, four
+men could hardly be simultaneously destroyed, they prepared for
+their vigil. Nor did they manifest any fear of what awaited them.
+Facts, indeed, may be stubborn things, but even facts will not
+upset the convictions of a lifetime. Not one of the four for an
+instant imagined that a supernatural explanation of the mystery
+existed. Their minds were open, and their wits, long trained in
+problems obscure and difficult, assured them that the problem was
+capable of solution and within the power of their wits to solve.
+They apprehended no discovery from the watch to be undertaken;
+but, at Frith's orders, they set stolidly about it, as a
+preliminary to the proceedings of the following day. Once proved
+that the murderous force was powerless against men prepared and
+armed against it, and the practical inquiry as to these strange
+deaths would be entered upon.
+
+They came with full powers, and designed to search the house
+without warning on the following morning, and examine all who
+dwelt in it.
+
+Sir Walter invited them to dine with him, and they did so. There
+were present the master of Chadlands, Dr. Mannering--who asked
+to spend the night there--and Henry Lennox; while Masters and
+Fred Caunter waited upon them. The detectives heard with interest
+the result of the post-mortem conducted during the morning, and
+related incidents in the life of Peter Hardcastle. They were all
+unfeignedly amazed that a man with such a record--one who had
+carried his life in his hand on many occasions--should have lost
+it thus, at noonday and without a sound of warning to his
+fellow-creatures. Dr. Mannering told how he had watched the
+medical examination, but not assisted at it. All attempts to
+galvanize back life failed, as the experts engaged immediately
+perceived they must upon viewing the corpse; and during the
+subsequent autopsy, when the dead man's body had been examined
+by chemist and microscopist, the result was barren of any
+pathological detail. No indication to explain his death rewarded
+the search. Not a clue or suspicion existed. He was healthy in
+every particular, and his destruction remained, so far, inexplicable
+to science. Hardcastle had died in a syncope, as the other victims;
+that was all the most learned could declare.
+
+Impressed by these facts, the four made ready, and Lennox observed
+that they neither drank during their meal nor smoked after it.
+
+At nine o'clock they began their work of the night, but invited
+nobody to assist them, and begged that they might not be approached
+until daylight on the following morning.
+
+Dr. Mannering took it upon himself earnestly to beg they would
+abandon the vigil. Indeed, he argued strongly against it.
+
+"Consider, gentlemen," he said, "you are now possibly convinced in
+your own minds that the source of these horrible things is to be
+found outside the Grey Room, and not in it. I agree with you, so
+far. We have reached a pitch where, in my judgment, we are
+justified in believing that some motiveless malignity is at work.
+But by going into that room, are you not giving somebody another
+opportunity to do what has already been done? Evil performed
+without motive, as you know better than I can tell you, must be the
+work of a maniac, and there may exist in this house, unsuspected
+and unguessed, a servant afflicted in this awful way. One has
+heard of such things."
+
+The eldest of his listeners felt unspeakable interest in these
+remarks, since his own opinion inclined in the same direction. He
+was, however, none the less chagrined that another should thus
+voice his secret theory. He did not answer, but his chief replied.
+
+"It is proved," said Frith, "that no violence overtakes those
+subjected to this ordeal. And I have decided that we shall not
+be in danger, for this reason. We shall be armed as none of the
+dead were. Our precautions will preclude any possibility of foul
+play from a material assault. And, needless to say, we contemplate
+no other. We are free agents, and I should not quarrel with any
+among us who shirked; but duty is duty, and we have all faced
+dangers as great as this--probably far greater. What you say is
+most interesting, doctor, and I agree with you, that outside the
+room we must look for the explanation of these murders--if murders
+they are. Upon that business we shall start to-morrow. Forgive
+me for not going into details, because we have our personal methods.
+They embrace the element of surprise, and, of course, prevent any
+conversation concerning what we are going to do until we have
+done it."
+
+"Supposing you are all found dead to-morrow?" asked Dr. Mannering
+bluntly.
+
+"Then we are all found dead to-morrow; and others will have the
+satisfaction of finding out why."
+
+"You suspect somebody, yet can absolve nobody?"
+
+"Exactly, Sir Walter. I said pretty much that to the pressmen, who
+forced themselves in this afternoon. The accursed daily Press of
+this country has saved the skin of more blackguards than I like to
+count. Keep them and the photographers away. It ought to be
+criminal--their interference."
+
+"I ordered that none was to be admitted for a moment."
+
+"It is always very hard to keep them out. They are cunning devils,
+and take a perverse pleasure in adding to our difficulties. Little
+they care how they defeat justice if they can only get 'copy' for
+their infernal newspapers."
+
+Inspector Frith spoke with some warmth; he had little for which to
+thank the popular Press.
+
+Within an hour the four departed, and it was understood that they
+should not be disturbed until they themselves cared to reappear.
+
+Mannering remained with Sir Walter and Lennox. He was dejected
+and exceedingly anxious. But the others did not share his fears.
+The younger, indeed, felt hopeful that definite results might
+presently be recorded, and he went to his bed very thankful to get
+there. But Sir Walter, now calm and refreshed by some hours of
+sleep during the afternoon, designed to keep his own vigil.
+
+"Poor May lies in my library to-night," he said, "and I shall watch
+beside him. Mary also wishes to do so. It seems a proper respect
+to pay the dead. The inquest takes place to-morrow, and he will be
+buried in his parish. We must attend the funeral, Mary and I."
+
+"If ever a man took his own life, that man did!" declared the doctor.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+THE NIGHT WATCH
+
+
+Though a room had been prepared for Dr. Mannering, he did not
+occupy it long. The early hours of night found him in a bad
+temper, and suffering from considerable exacerbation of nerves.
+He troubled little for himself, and still less concerning the
+police, for he was human, and their indifference to his advice
+annoyed him; but for Sir Walter he was perturbed, and did not like
+the arrangements that he had planned. The doctor, however,
+designed to go and come and keep an eye upon the old man, and he
+hoped that the master of Chadlands would presently sleep, if only
+in his study chair. For himself he suffered a somewhat unpleasant
+experience toward midnight, but had himself to thank for it. He
+rested for an hour in his bedroom, then went downstairs, to find
+Mary and her father sitting quietly together in the great library.
+They were both reading, while at the farther end, where a risen
+moon already frosted the lofty windows above him, lay Septimus May
+in his coffin. Mary had plucked a wealth of white hothouse flowers,
+which stood in an old Venetian bowl at his feet.
+
+Sir Walter was solicitous for the doctor.
+
+"Not in bed!" he exclaimed. "This is too bad, Mannering. We shall
+have you ill next. You have been on your feet for countless hours
+and much lies before you to-morrow. Do be sensible, my dear fellow,
+and take some rest--even if you cannot sleep."
+
+"There is no sleep to-night for me. Lord knows how soon I may be
+wanted by those fools playing with fire upstairs."
+
+"We cannot interfere. For myself a great peace has descended upon
+me, now that initiative and the need for controlling and directing
+is taken out of my hands. I began to feel this when poor Hardcastle
+arrived; but that composure was sadly shattered. I am even prepared
+for the needful publicity now. I can face it. If I erred in the
+matter of this devoted priest, I shall not question the judgment
+of my fellow-men upon me."
+
+"Fear nothing of that sort," answered Mannering. "Your fellow-man
+has no right to judge you, and the law, with all its faults,
+appreciates logic. Who can question your right to believe that this
+is a matter outside human knowledge? Your wisdom may be questioned,
+but not your right. Plenty would have felt the same. When the
+mind of man finds itself groping in the dark, you will see that, in
+the huge majority of cases, it falls back upon supernatural
+explanations for mystery. This fact has made fortunes for not a
+few who profit by the credulity of human nature. Faiths are
+founded on it. May carried too many guns for you. He honestly
+convinced you that his theory of his son's death was the correct
+theory; and I, for one, though I deplore the fact that you came to
+see with his eyes, and permitted him to do what he believed was
+his duty, yet should be the last to think your action open to
+judicial blame. No Christian judge, at any rate, would have the
+least right to question you. In a word, there is no case yet
+against anybody. The force responsible for these things is utterly
+unknown, and if ill betides the men upstairs, that is only another
+argument for you."
+
+Sir Walter put down his book--a volume of pious meditations.
+Events had drawn him into a receptive attitude toward religion.
+He was surprised at Dr. Mannering.
+
+"I never thought to hear you admit as much as that. How strangely
+the currents of the mind ebb and flow, Mannering. Here are you
+with your scepticism apparently weakening, while I feel thankfully
+assured, at any rate for the moment, that only a material reason
+accounts for these disasters."
+
+"Why?" asked the physician.
+
+"Because against the powers of any dark spirit Septimus May was
+safe. Even had he been right and his prayer had freed such a
+being and cast it out of my house, would the Almighty have
+permitted it to rend and destroy the agent of its liberation?
+May could not have suffered death by any conscious, supernatural
+means if our faith is true; but, as he himself said, when he came
+here after the death of his boy, he did not pretend that faith in
+God rendered a human being superior to the laws of matter. If, as
+was suggested at dinner to-day, there is somebody in this house
+with a mind unhinged who has discovered a secret of nature by which
+human life can be destroyed and leave no sign, then this dead
+clergyman was, of course, as powerless against such a hideous
+danger as any other human being."
+
+"But surely such a theory is quite as wild as any based on
+supernatural assumptions? You know the occupants of this house--
+every one of them, Sir Walter. Mary knows them, Henry knows
+them. I have attended most of them at one time or another. Is
+there one against whom such a suspicion can be entertained?"
+
+"Not one indeed."
+
+"Could the war have made a difference?" asked Mary. "We know how
+shell shock and wounds to a poor man's head had often left him
+apparently sound, yet in reality weakened as to his mind."
+
+"Yes, that is true enough. And when the unfortunate men get back
+into everyday life from the hospitals, or endeavor to resume their
+old work, the weakness appears. I have seen cases. But of all
+the men in Chadlands there are only three examples of any such
+catastrophe. I know a few in the village--none where one can
+speak of actual insanity, however. Here there is only Fred Caunter,
+who was hurt about the head on board ship, but the injury left no
+defect."
+
+"Fred is certainly as sane as I am--perhaps saner," admitted Sir
+Walter.
+
+"Don't think I really imagine there is anything of the kind here,"
+added Mannering. "But if these four men are in a condition to
+proceed with their work to-morrow, you must expect them to make a
+searching examination of everybody in the house. And they may find
+a good number of nervous and hysterical women, if not men. It is
+not their province, however, to determine whether people are weak
+in the head, and I know, as well as you do, that none in this house
+had any hand in these disasters."
+
+"Never was a family with fewer secrets than mine," declared Sir
+Walter.
+
+"The morning may bring light," said Mary.
+
+"I feel very little hope that it will," answered Mannering. "The
+inquiry will proceed, whatever happens to-night, and we may all
+have to go to London to attend it. After they have turned
+Chadlands and everybody in it upside down, as they surely will,
+then we may be called, if they arrive at no conclusion."
+
+"I am prepared to be. I shall not leave the country, of course,
+until I receive permission to do so. It must be apparent to
+everybody that I am, of all men, if not the most involved, at least
+the most anxious to clear this mystery--that nobody can doubt."
+
+"Then you must conserve your strength and be guided," said
+Mannering. "I do beg of you to retire now, and insist upon Mary
+doing the same. Nothing can be gained by the dead, and necessary
+energy is lost to the living by this irrational vigil. It is far
+past midnight; I beg you to retire, Sir Walter, and Mary, too.
+There is nothing that should keep you out of bed, and I urge you
+to go to it."
+
+But the elder refused.
+
+"Few will sleep under this roof to-night," he said. "There is a
+spirit of human anxiety and distress apparent, and naturally so. I
+will stay here with this good man. He is better company than many
+of the living. I feel a great peace here. The dead sustains me."
+
+He joined Mannering, however, in an appeal to his daughter, and,
+satisfied that their friend would not be far off at any time, Mary
+presently left them. She declared herself as not anxious or
+nervous. She had never believed that anything but natural causes
+were responsible for her husband's death, and felt an assurance
+that morning would bring some measure, at least, of explanation.
+She went out of the room with Mannering, and, promising her to
+keep a close watch on her father, the doctor left Mary, lighted
+his pipe, and strolled to the billiard-room. Presently he
+patrolled the hall and pursued his own reflections. Where his
+thoughts bent, there his body unconsciously turned, and, forgetting
+the injunction of the silent men aloft--indeed, forgetting them
+also for a moment--Mannering ascended the stairs and proceeded
+along the corridor toward the Grey Room. But he did not get far.
+Out of the darkness a figure rose and stopped him. The man turned
+an electric torch on Dr. Mannering, and recognized him. It
+appeared that while one detective kept guard outside, the others
+watched within. At the sound of voices the door of the Grey Room
+opened, and in the bright light that streamed from it a weird
+figure stood--a tall, black object with huge and flashing eyes
+and what looked like an elephant's trunk descending from between
+them. The watchers, wearing hoods and gas masks, resembled the
+fantastic demons of a Salvator Rosa, or Fuselli. Their chief now
+accosted the doctor somewhat sharply. He knew his name and
+received his apology, but bade him leave the corridor at once. "I
+must, however, search you first," said Frith. "You were wrong to
+come," he continued. "This is no time to distract us. Explain
+to-morrow, please."
+
+The doctor, after holding up his hands and submitting to a very
+close scrutiny, departed and swore at his own inadvertence. He
+had forgotten that, in common with everybody else involved, he must
+bear the brunt of suspicion, and he perceived that his approach to
+the Grey Room, after it was clearly understood that none should on
+any account attempt to do so, must attract unpleasant attention to
+himself. And he could offer no better excuse than that he had
+forgotten the order. He apprehended an unpleasantness on the
+following day, and wondered at himself that he could have done
+anything so open to question. Brain fag was a poor excuse, but he
+had none better.
+
+In an hour he returned to Sir Walter, hoping to find him asleep;
+but the master of Chadlands was still reading, and in a frame of
+mind very quiet and peaceful. He regretted the forgetfulness that
+had taken his friend into the forbidden gallery.
+
+"I am concerned for Mary," he said. "She is only keeping up at a
+terrible cost of nervous power. It is more than time that she
+was away; but she will not go until I am able to accompany her."
+
+"It should not be long. We must hope they will get to the bottom
+of it soon, if not to-night. I am most anxious for both of you to
+be off."
+
+"We design to go to Italy. She shrinks from the Riviera and longs
+for Florence, or some such peaceful place."
+
+"It will be cold there."
+
+"Cold won't hurt us."
+
+"Shall you shut up Chadlands?"
+
+"Impossible. It is the only home of half my elder people. But,
+if nothing is discovered and we are still left without an
+explanation, I shall seal the Grey Room--windows, door, and hearth--
+unless the authorities direct otherwise. I wish I could fill
+the place with solid stone or concrete, so that it would cease to
+be a room at all."
+
+"That you can't do," answered the practical doctor. "Such a weight
+would bring down the ceiling beneath. But you can make it fast and
+block it up if the thing beats them."
+
+"We are like the blind moving in regions unfamiliar to their touch,"
+said Sir Walter. "I had hoped so much from the prayer of that just
+man. He, indeed, has gone to his reward. He is with the boy he
+loved better than anything on earth; but for us is left great sorrow
+and distress. Still, prayers continue to be answered, Mannering.
+I have prayed for patience, and I find myself patient. The iron
+has entered my soul. The horror of publicity--the morbid agony I
+experienced when I knew my name must be dragged through every
+newspaper in England--these pangs are past. My life seems to have
+ended in one sense, and, looking back, I cannot fail to see how
+little I grasped the realities of existence, how I took my easy
+days as a matter of course and never imagined that for me, too,
+extreme suffering and misery were lying in wait. Each man's own
+burden seems the hardest to bear, I imagine, and to me these events
+have shrivelled the very marrow in my bones. They scorched me, and
+the glare, thrown from the larger world into the privacy of my life,
+made me feel that I could call on the hills to cover me. But now I
+can endure all."
+
+"You must not look at it so, Sir Walter. Everybody knows that you
+have done no wrong, and if your judgment is questioned, what is it?
+Only the fate every man--great or small, famous or insignificant--
+has to bear. You can't escape criticism in this world, any more
+than you can escape calumny. It is something that you can now
+speak so steadfastly, preserve such patience, and see so clearly,
+too. But, for my part, clear seeing only increases my anxiety
+to-night. I don't personally care a button for the welfare of
+those men, since they declined to take my advice; but I am human,
+and as I suffer with a sick patient and rejoice when he recovers,
+so I cannot help suffering at the thought of the risk these four
+are running. They sit there, I suppose, or else walk about. They
+wear gas masks, and carry weapons in their hands. But if we are
+opposed to a blind, deaf, unreasoning force, which acts
+unconsciously and inevitably, then the fate of ten men would be
+just as uncertain as the fate of one. The thing operates by day
+or night--that much has been proved--and, since it is probably
+acting automatically, as lightning or steam, how can they escape?"
+
+"This invisible death-dealing force may be in the control of a
+human mind, remember."
+
+"It is beyond the bounds of possibility, Sir Walter."
+
+"You are a rash man to affirm anything so definite, after what you
+have gone through with the rest of us. Let me, in my turn, urge
+you to go to your rest. These things have told upon you. You are
+only flesh and blood, not iron, as you fancy. The men are all
+right so far."
+
+"I'll get something to eat and drink," said Mannering, "and leave
+you in peace for a while."
+
+"Do. You will find all you need in the dining-room. I directed
+Masters to leave ample there, in case the detectives might want
+food."
+
+"Shall I bring you something--a whisky, and a biscuit?"
+
+"No, no. I need nothing."
+
+The doctor went his way, and passed an hour with meat and drink.
+Then he felt an overpowering desire to sleep, but resisted it,
+lighted his pipe again, and, resumed his march in the hall. He
+listened presently at the library door, and was gratified to hear
+a gentle but steady snore. The sound pleased Mannering well.
+
+He padded about once more, resolved to keep awake until the vigil
+was ended. Then he would go to bed and sleep. It was now past
+three o'clock on a still, winter night--a lull and interval
+between yesterday's storm and rough weather yet to come. The
+doctor went out of doors for a time and tramped the terrace. A
+waning moon had risen, and the night was mild and cloudy.
+
+Bright light shot out like fans into the murk from the east and
+south windows of the Grey Room. Returning to the house, the
+watcher listened at the foot of the staircase, and heard the mumble
+of men's voices and the sound of feet. They were changing the
+guard, and the detective in the corridor gave up his place to one
+from inside. All was well so far.
+
+Then Mannering went to the billiard-room, lolled on the settee for
+a time, and drowsed through another hour. For a few minutes he
+lost consciousness, started up to blame his weakness, and looked
+at his watch. But he had only slumbered for five minutes.
+
+At six o'clock he told himself that it was morning, and went in
+again to Sir Walter. The old man had wakened, and was sitting in
+quiet reflection until daylight should outline the great window
+above the dead.
+
+"The night has been one of peace," he declared. "The spirit of
+poor May seemed near me, and I felt, too, as though his son were
+not far off, either. Is all well with the watchers?"
+
+"I leave you to inquire, but don't go too near them. Night fades
+over the woods, so the day can be said to have begun."
+
+"Doubtless the household will be stirring. I shall go and inquire,
+if they will permit me to do so. Oblige me by staying here a few
+minutes until I call my daughter. I do not want our poor friend
+to be alone until he leaves us."
+
+"I will stay here for the present. But don't let Mary be called
+if she is sleeping, and turn in yourself for a few hours now."
+
+"I have slept off and on."
+
+Sir Walter left him and ascended to the corridor. Already light
+moved wanly in the windows.
+
+He stood at the top of the staircase and raised his voice.
+
+"Is all well, gentlemen?" he asked loudly; but he received no answer.
+
+"Is all well?" he cried again.
+
+And then from the gloom emerged Inspector Frith. He had doffed
+his gas mask.
+
+Sir Walter switched on an electric light.
+
+"Nothing, I trust, has happened?"
+
+"Nothing whatever, Sir Walter. No sign or sound of anything out
+of the common can be recorded."
+
+"Thank Heaven--thank Heaven for that!"
+
+"Though we had exhausted the possibilities of such a thing, we none
+the less expected gas," explained the detective. "That seemed the
+only conceivable means by which life might be destroyed in that
+room. Therefore we wore gas masks of the latest pattern, supposed
+to defy any gaseous combination ever turned out of a laboratory.
+It is well known that new, destructive gases were discovered just
+before the end of the war--gases said to be infinitely more speedy
+and deadly than any that were employed. As to that, and whether
+the Government has the secret of them, I cannot say. But no gas
+was liberated in the Grey Room last night. Otherwise a rat in a
+trap and birds in a cage, which we kept by us, would have felt it.
+The room is pure enough."
+
+Sir Walter followed him down the corridor, and chatted with the
+other men also. They had left the Grey Room and taken off their
+masks; they looked weary and haggard in the waxing, white light
+of day.
+
+"You've done your duty, and I am beyond measure thankful that no
+evil has overtaken you. What can now be prepared for you in the
+way of food?"
+
+They thanked him, and declared that in an hour they would be glad
+of breakfast. Then Sir Walter went to his own apartments, rang,
+and gave the needful directions. He joined Mary soon afterwards,
+and she shared his thanksgivings. She was already dressed, and
+descended immediately to Dr. Mannering.
+
+Henry Lennox also appeared soon afterwards. He had already learned
+from Fred Caunter that the watchers were safely through the night.
+
+Chadlands was the scene of another inquest, and again a coroner's
+jury declared that Septimus May, as his son before him, had died
+by the Hand of God. Later in the day the dead man was conveyed to
+his own parish, and two days later Sir Walter and Mary, with her
+cousin, attended the funeral.
+
+Meantime, the detectives began their serious work. They proceeded
+with system and upon their own plan. They omitted to question not
+the least of the persons who dwelt at Chadlands, and inquired also
+privately concerning every member of the house party there assembled
+when Tom May died. Into the sailor's private life they also
+searched, and so gradually investigated every possible line of
+action and point of approach to his death. The cause of this they
+were content to disregard, arguing that if an assassin could be
+traced, his means of murder would then be learned; but, from the
+first, no sort of light illumined their activities, and nothing to
+be regarded as a clue could be discovered, either in Tom May's
+relations with the world, or in the history and character of anyone
+among the many who were subject for inquiry.
+
+Concerning the house party, only Ernest Travers and his wife had
+met the sailor before, on the occasion of his wedding; while as to
+the staff at Chadlands, nothing transpired to indicate that any
+had ever had occasion to feel affronted by an act of his. They
+were, moreover, loyal to a man and woman. They furnished no
+peculiarities, and gave no ground for the least suspicion. The
+case, in Frith's opinion, was unique, because, despite the number
+of persons it was necessary to study and consider, in none of their
+relations with the family involved could there be found a shadow
+of unfriendly intercourse, a harbored grudge, or a suggestion of
+ill-feeling. The people were all simple and ingenuous. They
+declared and displayed nothing but regard for their employer, and
+many of them had succeeded their own parents in their present
+employment. It was a large household, very closely united by ties
+of tradition and affection. Henry Lennox also proved above
+suspicion, though his former attachment to Mary was not concealed.
+It needed no great student of character, however, to appreciate
+his transparent honesty under examination, a remark that extended
+to Dr. Mannering, whose incautious advent in the corridor on the
+night of their vigil had offended the watchers.
+
+For three weeks they worked industriously--without vision, but
+to the best of their experience and intellectual powers. In the
+familiar phrase, they left no stone unturned; and following their
+report, which frankly admitted absolute failure, a small commission
+instituted a further inquiry on the evidence, and invited those
+chiefly concerned to attend it.
+
+Sir Walter, his daughter, Henry Lennox, and Dr. Mannering were
+examined with sympathy and consideration. But they could offer no
+opinions, throw no light, and suggest no other lines of inquiry
+than those already pursued.
+
+For the world the mystery died like a new star, which was blazed
+into fame only to retreat or diminish and disappear once more.
+Fresh problems and new sensations filled the newspapers, and a
+time at last came when, to his relief, Sir Walter could open his
+morning journal and find no mention of Chadlands therein.
+Architects examined the room a second time, and the authorities
+also gave permission to certain notable spiritualists to make
+further nocturnal and diurnal vigils therein, though no solitary
+watcher was permitted. Three came and passed a day and a night
+in the Grey Room. They were rewarded with no phenomena whatever.
+
+The master of Chadlands was at length informed that he might leave
+England, but directed to set a seal on the Grey Room, and to treat
+it in such a manner that it should no longer be capable of entrance.
+
+The red tape that had wound itself about the tragedy was thus
+unloosed at last, and the suffering pair made all haste to get
+away. Its owner undertook to treat the Grey Room as directed on
+his return from abroad, and meanwhile had both door and window
+boarded up with heavy timbers.
+
+The household was long since restored to self-possession and even
+cheerfulness. Some felt pride in their passing publicity, and none
+expressed any fear of remaining. But Sir Walter guessed that few
+feet would tread the great corridor until a day was near for his
+return.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+SIGNOR VERGILIO MANNETTI
+
+
+Sir Walter persisted in his purpose and went to Florence. He
+believed that here Mary might find distractions and novelties to
+awaken interest which would come freshly into her life without the
+pain and poignancy of any recollection to lessen the work of peace.
+For himself he only desired to see her returning to content.
+Happiness he knew must be a condition far removed from her spirit
+for many days.
+
+They stood one evening on the Piazza of Michelangelo and saw
+Florence, like a city of dim, red gold extended beneath them. The
+setting sunlight wove an enchantment over towers and roofs. It
+spread a veil of ineffable brightness upon the city and tinged
+green Arno also, where the river wound through the midst.
+
+Sir Walter was quietly happy, because he knew that in a fortnight
+his friends, Ernest and Nelly Travers, would be at Florence. Mary,
+too, prepared to welcome them gladly, for her father's sake. He
+left his daughter largely undisturbed, and while they took their
+walks together, the old man, to whom neither music nor pictures
+conveyed much significance, let her wander at will, and the more
+readily because he found that art was beginning to exercise a
+precious influence over Mary's mind. There was none to guide her
+studies, but she pursued them with a plan of her own, and though
+at first the effort sometimes left her weary, yet she persisted
+until she began to perceive at least the immensity of the knowledge
+she desired to acquire.
+
+Music soothed her mind; painting offered an interest, part sensuous,
+part intellectual. Perhaps she loved music best at first, since it
+brought a direct anodyne. In the sound of music she could bear to
+think of her brief love story. She even made her father come and
+listen presently to things that she began to value.
+
+Their minds inevitably proceeded by different channels of thought,
+and while she strove resolutely to occupy herself with the new
+interests, and put away the agony of the past, till thinking was
+bearable again and a road to peace under her feet once more, Sir
+Walter seldom found himself passing many hours without recurrence
+of painful memories and a sustained longing to strip the darkness
+which buried them. To his forthright and simple intelligence,
+mystery was hateful, and the reflection that his home must for
+ever hold a profound and appalling mystery often thrust itself
+upon his thoughts, and even inclined him, in some moods, to see
+Chadlands no more. Yet a natural longing to return to the old
+environment, in which he could move with ease and comfort,
+gradually mastered him, and as the spring advanced he often
+sighed for Devonshire, yet wondered how he could do so. Then
+would return the gloomy history of the winter rolling over his
+spirit like a cloud, and the thought of going home again grew
+distasteful.
+
+Mary, however, knew her father well enough, and at this lustrous
+hour, while Florence stretched beneath them in its quiet, evening
+beauty, she declared that they must not much longer delay their
+return.
+
+"Plenty of time," he said. "I am not too old to learn, I find,
+and a man would indeed be a great fool if he could not learn in
+such a place as this. But though art can never mean much to me now,
+your case is different, and I am thankful to know that these things
+will be a great addition and interest to your future life. I'm a
+Philistine, and shall always so remain, but I'm a repentant one.
+I see my mistake too late."
+
+"It's a new world, father," she said, "and it has done a great deal
+for an unhappy woman--not only in taking my thoughts off myself,
+but in lessening my suffering, too. I do not know why, or how, but
+music, and these great, solemn pictures painted by dead men, all
+touch my thoughts of dear Tom. I seem to see that there are so
+many more mighty ones dead than living. And yet not dead. They
+live in what they have made. And Tom lives in what he made--that
+was my love for him and his for me. He grows nearer and dearer
+than ever when I hear beautiful music. I can better bear to think
+of him at such times, and it will always help me to remember him."
+
+"God bless art if it does so much," he said. "We come to it as
+little children, and I shall always be a child and never understand,
+but for you the valuable message will be received. May life never
+turn you away from these things in years to come."
+
+"Never! Never!" she assured him. "Art has done too much for me.
+I shall not try to live my life without it. Already I feel I
+could not."
+
+"What have you seen to-day?" he asked.
+
+"I was at the Pitti all the morning. I liked best Fra Bartolommeo's
+great altar piece and Titian's portrait of Cardinal Ippolito dei
+Medici. You must see him--a strange, unhappy spirit only
+twenty-three years old. Two years afterwards he was poisoned, and
+his haunted, discontented eyes closed for ever. And the 'Concert'--
+so wonderful, with such a hunger-starved expression in the soul
+of the player. And Andrea del Sarto--how gracious and noble; but
+Henry James says he's second-rate, because his mind was second-rate,
+so I suppose he is, but not to me. He never will be to me.
+To-morrow you must come and see some of the things I specially love.
+I won't bore you. I don't know enough to bore you yet. Oh, and
+Allori's 'Judith'--so lovely, but I wonder if Allori did justice
+to her? Certainly his 'Judith' could never have done what the real
+Judith did. And there's a landscape by Rubens--dark and old--yet
+it reminded me of our woods where they open out above the valley."
+
+He devoted the next morning to Mary, and wandered among the pictures
+with her. He strove to share her enthusiasm, and, indeed, did so
+sometimes. Then occurred a little incident, so trivial that they
+forgot all about it within an hour, yet were reminded of it at a
+very startling moment now fast approaching.
+
+They had separated, and Sir Walter's eye was caught by a portrait.
+But he forgot it a moment later in passing interest of a blazoned
+coat of arms upon the frame--a golden bull's head on a red ground.
+The heraldic emblem was tarnished and inconspicuous, yet the
+spectator felt curiously conscious that it was not unfamiliar. It
+seemed that he had seen it already somewhere. He challenged Mary
+with it presently; but she had never observed it before to her
+recollection.
+
+Sir Walter enjoyed his daughter's interest, and finding that his
+company among the pictures added to Mary's pleasure, while his
+comments caused her no apparent pain, he declared his intention
+of seeing more.
+
+"You must tell me what you know," he said.
+
+"It will be the blind leading the blind, dearest," she answered,
+"but my delight must be in finding things I think you'll like.
+The truth is that neither of us knows anything about what we ought
+to like."
+
+"That's a very small matter," he declared. "We must begin by
+learning to like pictures at all. When Ernest comes, he will want
+us to live in his great touring car and fly about, so we should
+use our present time to the best advantage. Pictures do not attract
+him, and he will be very much surprised to hear that I have been
+looking at them."
+
+"We must interest him, too, if we can."
+
+"That would be impossible. Ernest does not understand pictures,
+and music gives him no pleasure. He regards art with suspicion,
+as a somewhat unmanly thing."
+
+"Poor Mr. Travers!"
+
+"Do not pity him, Mary. His life is sufficiently full without it."
+
+"But I've lived to find out that no life can be." In due course
+Ernest and Nelly arrived, and, as Sir Walter had prophesied, their
+pleasure consisted in long motor drives to neighboring places and
+scenes of interest and beauty. His daughter, in the new light that
+was glimmering for her, found her father's friends had shrunk a
+little. She could speak with them and share their interests less
+whole-heartedly than of old; but they set it down to her tribulation
+and tried to "rouse" her. Ernest Travers even lamented her
+new-found interests and hoped they were "only a passing phase."
+
+"She appears to escape from reality into a world of pictures and
+music," he said. "You must guard against that, my dear Walter.
+These things can be of no permanent interest to a healthy mind."
+
+For a fortnight they saw much of their friends, and Mary observed
+how her father expanded in the atmosphere of Ernest and Nelly.
+They understood each other so well and echoed so many similar
+sentiments and convictions.
+
+Ernest entertained a poor opinion of the Italian character. He
+argued that a nation which depended for its prosperity on wines
+and silk--"and such wines"--must have too much of the feminine
+in it to excel. He had a shadowy idea that he understood the
+language, though he could not speak nor write it himself.
+
+"We, who have been nurtured at Eton and Oxford, remember enough
+Latin to understand these people," he said, "for what is Italian
+but the emasculated tongue of ancient Rome?"
+
+Nelly Travers committed herself to many utterances as idiotic as
+Ernest's, and Mary secretly wondered to find how shadowy and
+ridiculous such solid people showed in a strange land. They
+carried their ignorance and their parochial atmosphere with them
+as openly and unashamedly as they carried their luggage. She was
+not sorry to leave them, for she and her father intended to stop
+for a while at Como before returning home again.
+
+Their friends were going to motor over the battlefields of France
+presently, and both Ernest and Nelly came to see Sir Walter and
+his daughter off for Milan. Mr. Travers rushed to the door of the
+carriage and thrust in a newspaper as the train moved.
+
+"I have secured a copy of last week's 'Field,' Walter," he said.
+
+They passed over the Apennines on a night when the fire-flies
+flashed in every thicket under the starry gloom of a clear and
+moonless sky; and when the train stopped at little, silent stations
+the throb of nightingales fell upon their ears.
+
+But circumstances prevented their visit to the Larian Lake, for at
+Milan letters awaited Sir Walter from home, and among them one that
+hastened his return. From a stranger it came, and chance willed
+that the writer, an Italian, had actually made the journey from
+Rome to London in order that he might see Sir Walter, while all
+the time the master of Chadlands happened to be within half a day's
+travel. Now, the writer was still in London, and proposed to stop
+there until he should receive an answer to his communication. He
+wrote guardedly, and made one statement of extraordinary gravity.
+He was concerned with the mystery of the Grey Room, and believed
+that he might throw some light upon the melancholy incidents
+recorded concerning it.
+
+Sir Walter hesitated for Mary's sake, but was relieved when she
+suggested a prompt return.
+
+"It would be folly to delay," she said. "This means quite as much
+to me as to you, father, and I could not go to Como knowing there
+may be even the least gleam of light for us at home. Nothing can
+alter the past, but if it were possible to explain how and why--
+what an unutterable relief to us both!"
+
+"Henry was to meet us at Menaggio."
+
+"He will be as thankful as we are if anything comes of this. He
+doesn't leave England till Thursday, and can join us at Chadlands
+instead."
+
+"I only live to explain these things," confessed her father. "I
+would give all that I have to discover reasons for the death of
+your dear husband. But there are terribly grave hints here. I can
+hardly imagine this man is justified in speaking of 'crime.'
+Would the word mean less to him than to us?"
+
+"He writes perfect English. Whatever may be in store, we must
+face it hopefully. Such things do not happen by chance."
+
+"He is evidently a gentleman--a man of refinement and delicate
+feeling. I am kindly disposed to him already. There is something
+chivalric and what is called 'old-fashioned' in his expressions.
+No young man writes like this nowadays."
+
+The letter, which both read many times, revealed the traits that
+Sir Walter declared. It was written with Latin courtesy and
+distinction. There were also touches of humor in it, which
+neither he nor Mary perceived:
+
+ "Claridge's Hotel, London. April 9.
+
+ "Dear Sir Walter Lennox,--In common with the rest of the
+ world that knows England, I have recently been profoundly
+ interested and moved at the amazing events reported as
+ happening at Chadlands, in the County of Devon, under your
+ roof. The circumstances were related in Italian journals
+ with no great detail, but I read them in the 'Times'
+ newspaper, being familiar with your language and a great
+ lover of your country.
+
+ "I had already conceived the idea of communicating with you
+ when--so small is the world in this our time--accident
+ actually threw me into the society of one of your personal
+ friends. At an entertainment given by the British Ambassador
+ at Rome, a young soldier, one Colonel Vane, was able to do
+ me some service in a crush of people, and I enjoyed the
+ privilege of his acquaintance as the result. I would not
+ have inflicted myself upon another generation, but he took
+ an interest in conversing with one who knew his own language.
+ He was also intelligent--for a military man. Needless to
+ say, he made no allusion to the tragedy at Chadlands, but
+ when he spoke of espionage in war and kindred matters, I
+ found him familiar with the details concerning the death of
+ the great English detective, Peter Hardcastle. I then asked
+ him, as being myself deeply interested in the matter, whether
+ it would be possible to get further and fuller details of the
+ story of 'the Grey Room,' whereupon he told me, to my
+ amazement, that he had been at Chadlands when your lamented
+ son-in-law, Captain Thomas May, passed out of life. I then
+ recollected Colonel Vane's name, among others mentioned in
+ the 'Times,' as at Chadlands when the disaster occurred.
+
+ "Finding that my curiosity was not idle, Colonel Vane accepted
+ an invitation to dinner, and I enjoyed the pleasure of
+ entertaining him and learning many personal and intimate
+ particulars of the event. These were imparted in confidence,
+ and he knew that I should not abuse his trust. Indeed, I had
+ already told him that it was my determination to communicate
+ with you upon the strength of his narrative.
+
+ "It seems improbable that anything I can say will bear upon
+ the case, and I may presently find that I lack the means to
+ serve you, or throw light where all is so profoundly buried
+ in darkness. Yet I am not sure. Small things will often
+ lead to greater, and though the past is unhappily beyond
+ recall, since our Maker Himself cannot undo the work of
+ yesterday, or obliterate events embalmed in vanished time,
+ yet there is always the future; and if we could but read
+ the past aright, which we never can, then the future would
+ prove less of a painful riddle than mankind generally
+ finds it.
+
+ "If, then, I can help you to read the past, I may at least
+ modify your anxieties in the future; and should I, by a
+ remote chance, be right in my suspicions, it is quite
+ imperative that I place myself at your service for the
+ sake of mankind. In a word, a great crime has been
+ committed, and the situation is possibly such that further
+ capital crimes will follow it. I affirm nothing, but I
+ conceive the agency responsible for these murders to
+ be still active, since the police have been so completely
+ foiled. At Chadlands there may still remain an unsleeping
+ danger to those who follow you--a danger, indeed, to all
+ human life, so long as it is permitted to persist. I write,
+ of course, assuming you to be desirous of clearing this
+ abominable mystery, both for your own satisfaction and the
+ credit of your house. "There is but little to hope from me,
+ and I would beg you not to feel sanguine in any way. Yet
+ this I do believe: that if there is one man in the world
+ to-day who holds the key of your tribulation, I am that man.
+ One lives in hope that one may empty the world of so great a
+ horror; and to do so would give one the most active
+ satisfaction. But I promise nothing.
+
+ "If I should be on the right track, however, let me explain
+ the direction in which my mind is moving. Human knowledge
+ may not be equal to any solution, and I may fail accordingly.
+ It may even be possible that the Rev. Septimus May did not
+ err, and that at the cost of his life he exorcised some
+ spirit whose operations were permitted for reasons hid in
+ the mind of its Creator; but, so far as I am concerned, I
+ believe otherwise. And if I should prove correct, it will
+ be possible to show that all has fallen out in a manner
+ consonant with human reason and explicable by human
+ understanding. I therefore came to England, glad of the
+ excuse to do so, and waited upon you at your manor, only to
+ hear, much to my chagrin, that you were not in residence,
+ but had gone to Florence, a bird's journey from my own home!
+
+ "Now I write to the post-office at Milan, where your servant
+ directed me that letters should for the moment be sent. If
+ you are returning soon, I wait for you. If not, it may be
+ possible to meet in Italy. But I should prefer to think
+ you return ere long, for I cannot be of practical service
+ until I have myself, with your permission, visited your
+ house and seen the Grey Room with my own eyes.
+
+ "I beg you will accept my assurances of kindly regard and
+ sympathy in the great sufferings you and Madame May have
+ been called upon to endure.
+
+ "Until I hear from you, I remain at Claridge's Hotel in
+ London.
+
+ "I have the honor to be,
+ "Faithfully yours,
+ "Vergilio Mannetti."
+
+To this communication, albeit he felt little hope, Sir Walter made
+speedy response. He declared his intention of returning to England
+during the following week, after which he hoped that Signor
+Mannetti would visit Chadlands at any time convenient to himself.
+He thanked him gratefully, but feared that, since the Italian based
+his theory on a crime, he could not feel particularly sanguine, for
+the possibility of such a thing had proved non-existent.
+
+Mary, however, looked deeper into the letter. She even suspected
+that the writer himself entertained a greater belief in his powers
+than he declared.
+
+"One has always felt the Grey Room is somehow associated with
+Italy," she said. "The ceiling we know was moulded by Italians in
+Elizabeth's day."
+
+"It was; but so are all the other moulded ceilings in the house as
+well."
+
+"He may understand Italian workmanship, and know some similar roof
+that hid a secret."
+
+"The roof cannot conceal an assassin, and he clearly believes
+himself on the track of a crime." Nevertheless, Sir Walter's
+interest increased as the hour approached for their return home.
+Only when that was decided did he discover how much he longed to
+be there. For the horror and suffering of the past were a little
+dimmed already; he thirsted to see his woods and meadows in their
+vernal dress, to hear the murmur of his river, and move again
+among familiar voices and familiar paths.
+
+Chadlands welcomed them on a rare evening of May, and the very
+genuine joy of his people moved Sir Walter not a little. Henry
+Lennox was already arrived, and deeply interested to read the
+Italian's letter. He and Mary walked presently in the gardens
+and he found her changed. She spoke more slowly, laughed not at
+all. But she had welcomed him with affection, and been
+interested to learn all that he had to tell her of himself.
+
+"I felt that it would disappoint you to be stopped at the last
+moment," she said, "but I knew the reason would satisfy you well
+enough. I feel hopeful somehow; father does not. Yet it is hope
+mixed with fear, for Signor Mannetti speaks of a great crime."
+
+"A vain theory, I'm afraid. Tell me about yourself. You are well?"
+
+"Yes, very well. You must come to Italy some day, Henry, and let
+me show you the wonderful things I have seen."
+
+"I should dearly love it. I'm such a Goth. But it's only brutal
+laziness. I want to take up art and understand a little of what
+it really matters."
+
+"You have it in you. Are you writing any more poetry?"
+
+"Nothing worth showing you."
+
+She exercised the old fascination; but he indulged in no hope of
+the future. He knew what her husband had been to Mary, despite
+the shortness of their union; and, rightly, he felt positive that
+she would never marry again.
+
+A mournful spectacle appeared, drawn by the sound of well-known
+voices, and the old spaniel, Prince, crept to Mary's feet. He
+offered feeble homage, and she made much of him, but the dog had
+sunk to a shadow.
+
+"He must be put away, poor old beggar; it's cruel to keep him
+alive. Only Masters said he was determined he should not go while
+Uncle Walter was abroad. Masters has been a mother to him."
+
+"Tell father that; he may blame Masters for letting him linger on
+like this. He rather hoped, I know, that poor Prince would be
+painlessly destroyed, or die, before he came back."
+
+"Masters would never have let him die unless directed to do so."
+
+"And I'm sure father could never have written the words down and
+posted them. You know father."
+
+Letters awaited the returned travellers, one from Colonel Vane,
+who described his meeting with Signor Mannetti, and hoped something
+might come of it; and another from the stranger himself. He
+expressed satisfaction at his invitation, and proposed arriving at
+Chadlands on the following Monday, unless directions reached him
+to the contrary.
+
+When the time came, Sir Walter himself went into Exeter to meet
+his guest and bring him back by motor-car. At first sight of the
+signor, his host experienced a slight shock of astonishment to
+mark the Italian's age. For Vergilio Mannetti was an ancient man.
+He had been tall, but now stooped, and, though not decrepit, yet
+he needed assistance, and was accompanied and attended by a
+middle-aged Italian. The traveller displayed a distinguished
+bearing. He had a brown, clean-shaved face, the skin of which
+appeared to have shrunk rather than wrinkled, yet no suggestion
+of a mummy accompanied this physical accident. His hair was still
+plentiful, and white as snow; his dark eyes were undimmed, and
+proved not only brilliant but wonderfully keen. He told them more
+than once, and indeed proved, that behind large glasses, that lent
+an owl-like expression to his face, his long sight was unimpaired.
+His rather round face sparkled with intelligence and humor.
+
+He owned to eighty years, yet presented an amazing vitality and a
+keen interest in life and its fulness. The old man had played the
+looker-on at human existence, and seemed to know as much, if not
+more, of the game than the players. He confessed to this attitude
+and blamed himself for it.
+
+"I have never done a stroke of honest work in my life," he said.
+"I was born with the silver spoon in my mouth. Alas, I have been
+amazingly lazy; it was my metier to look on. I ought, at least,
+to have written a book; but then all the things I wanted to say
+have been so exquisitely said by Count Gobineau in his immortal
+volumes, that I should only have been an echo. The world is too
+full of echoes as it is. Believe me, if I had been called to work
+for my living, I should have cut a respectable figure, for I
+have an excellent brain."
+
+"You know England, signor?"
+
+"When I tell you that I married an English-woman, and that both my
+sons have English blood in their veins, you will realize the
+sincerity of my devotion. My dear wife was a Somerset."
+
+Mary May always declared that the old Italian won her heart and
+even awakened something akin to affection before she had known him
+half an hour. There was a fascination in his admixture of childish
+simplicity and varied knowledge. None, indeed, could resist his
+gracious humor and old-world courtesies. The old man could be
+simple and ingenuous, too; but only when it pleased him so to be;
+and it was not the second childishness of age, for his intellect
+remained keen and moved far more swiftly than any at Chadlands.
+But he was modest and loved a jest. The hand of time had indeed
+touched him, and sometimes his memory broke down and he faltered
+with a verbal difficulty; but this only appeared to happen when he
+was weary.
+
+"The morning is my good time," he told them. "You will, I fear,
+find me a stupid old fellow after dinner."
+
+Signor Mannetti proved a tremendous talker, and implicitly revealed
+that he belonged to the nobility of his country, and that he
+enjoyed the friendship of many notable men. The subject of his
+visit was not mentioned on the day of his arrival. He spoke only
+of Italy, laughed to think he had passed through Florence to seek
+Sir Walter in England, and then, finding his hostess a neophyte at
+the shrines of art, attuned himself to the subject for her benefit.
+
+"If you found pictures answer to an unknown need within yourself,
+that is very well," he declared. "About music I know little; but
+concerning painting a great deal. And you desire to know, too, I
+see. The spirit is willing, but the spirit probably does not know
+yet what lies in front of it. You are groping--blind, childlike--
+without a hand to guard and an authority to guide. That is
+merely to waste time. When you go back to Italy, you must begin
+at the beginning, if you are in earnest--not at the middle. Only
+ignorance measures art in terms of skill, for there are no degrees
+in art. None has transcended Giotto, because technique and
+draughtsmanship are accidents of time; they lie outside the soul
+of the matter. Art is in fact a static thing. It changes as the
+face of the sea changes, from hour to hour; but it does not
+progress. There are great and small artists and great and small
+movements, as there are great and small waves, brisk breezes and
+terrific tempests; but all are moulded of like substance. In the
+one case art, in the other, the ocean, remains unchanged. I shall
+plan your instruction for you, if you please, and send you to the
+primitives first--the mighty ones who laid the foundations. I
+lived five years at Siena--for love of the beginnings; and you
+must also learn to love and reverence the beginnings, if you would
+understand that light in the darkness men call the Renaissance."
+
+He broke from Mary presently, strove to interest Sir Walter, and
+succeeded.
+
+"A benevolent autocracy is the ideal government, my friend--the
+ideal of all supreme thinkers--a Machiavelli, a Nietzsche, a
+Stendhal, a Gobineau. Liberty and equality are terms mutually
+destructive, they cannot exist together; for, given liberty, the
+strong instantly look to it that equality shall perish. And
+rightly so. Equality is a war cry for fools--a negation of nature,
+an abortion. The very ants know better. Doubtless you view with
+considerable distrust the growing spirit of democracy, or what is
+called by that name?"
+
+"I do," admitted Sir Walter.
+
+"Your monarch and mine are a little bitten by this tarantula. I
+am concerned for them. We must not pander to the mob's leaders,
+for they are not, and never have been, the many-headed thing itself.
+They, not the mob, are 'out to kill,' as you say. But that State
+will soon perish that thinks to prosper under the rule of the
+proletariat. Such a constitution would be opposed to natural law
+and, therefore, contain the seeds of its own dissolution. And its
+death would be inconceivably horrible; for the death of huge,
+coarse organisms is always horrible. Only distinguished creatures
+are beautiful in death, or know how to die like gentlemen."
+
+"Who are on your side to-day, signor?" asked Henry Lennox.
+
+"More than I know, I hope. Gobineau is my lighthouse in the storm.
+You must read him, if you have not done so. He was the incarnate
+spirit of the Renaissance. He radiated from his bosom its
+effulgence and shot it forth, like the light of a pharos over dark
+waters; he, best of all men, understood it, and, most of all men,
+mourned to see its bright hope and glory perish out of the earth
+under the unconquerable superstition of mankind and the lamentable
+infliction of the Jewish race. Alas! The Jews have destroyed many
+other things besides the Saviour of us all."
+
+They found the Renaissance to be the favorite theme of Signor
+Mannetti. He returned again and again to it, and it was typical
+of him that he could combine assurances of being a devout Catholic
+with sentiments purely pagan.
+
+"Christianity has operated in the making of many slaves and
+charlatans," he said. "One mourns the fact, but must be honest.
+It has too often scourged the only really precious members of
+society from the temple of life. It has cast the brave and clean
+and virile into outer darkness, and exalted the staple of humanity,
+which is never brave, or virile, and seldom really clean. A
+hideous wave submerges everything that matters. The proud, the
+beautiful--the only beings that justify the existence of mankind--
+will soon be on the hills with the hawks and leopards, and
+hunted like them--outcast, pariah, unwanted, hated."
+
+"The spirit of christianity is socialistic, I fear," said Sir
+Walter. "It is one of those things I do not pretend to understand,
+but the modern clergy speak with a clear voice on the subject."
+
+"Do your clergy indeed speak with a clear voice?"
+
+"They do; and we must, of course, listen. Truth is apt to be
+painful. And how can we reconcile our aristocratic instincts with
+our faith? I ask for information and you will forgive the
+personality. I find myself in almost entire agreement with your
+noble sentiments. But, as a good Christian, ought I to be so?
+How do you stand with the one true faith in your heart and these
+opinions in your head, signor?"
+
+The old man twinkled and a boyish smile lighted his aged countenance.
+
+"A good question--a shrewd thrust, Sir Walter. There can be only
+one answer to that, my friend. With God all things are possible."
+
+Henry laughed; his uncle was puzzled.
+
+"You think that is no answer," continued the Italian. "But reason
+also must have a place in the sun, though we have to hide it in
+our pocket sometimes. So many great men would not extinguish their
+light--and had it extinguished for them. A difficult subject.
+Let us continue to think in compartments. It is safer so. If you
+are over eighty years old, you love safety. But I love joy and
+romance also, and is not religion almost the only joy and romance
+left to us? It is affirmation remember, not negation, that makes
+the world go round! The 'intellectuals' forget that, and they
+are sterile accordingly."
+
+Signor Mannetti's wits were something too nimble for his hearers.
+He talked and talked--about everything but the matter in their
+minds--until half-past ten o'clock, when his man came after him.
+Thereupon he rose, like an obedient child, and wished them
+"Good-night."
+
+"Stephano is my guardian angel," he said--"a being of painful
+punctuality. But he adds years to my life. He forgets nothing.
+I wish you a kind farewell until to-morrow and offer grateful
+thanks for your welcome. I breakfast in my room, if you please,
+and shall be ready at eleven o'clock to put myself at your
+service. Then you will be so gracious as to answer me some
+questions, and I shall, please God, try to help you."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+PRINCE DJEM
+
+
+The master of Chadlands was both drawn and repelled by his guest.
+Signor Mannetti revealed a type of mind entirely beyond the other's
+experience, and while he often uttered sentiments with which Sir
+Walter found himself in cordial agreement, he also committed himself
+to a great many opinions that surprised and occasionally shocked
+the listener. Sir Walter was also conscious that many words
+uttered flew above his understanding. The old Italian could juggle
+with English almost as perfectly as he was able to do with his own
+language. He had his country's mastery of the phrase, the ironies,
+the double meanings, half malicious, half humorous, the outlook on
+humanity that delights to surprise--the compliment that, on closer
+examination, proves really to be the reverse. Mary's father voiced
+his emotions when the visitor had gone to bed.
+
+"If it didn't seem impossible," he told Henry, "I could almost
+imagine that Signor Mannetti was trying to pull my leg sometimes."
+
+"He tries, and succeeds," answered young Lennox. "He is built that
+way. His mind is as agile as a monkey, despite his age. He's a
+sly old bird; his thoughts move a thousand times faster than ours,
+and they're a thousand times more subtle."
+
+"But he's very fascinating," declared Mary.
+
+"He's a gentleman," answered Henry--"an Italian gentleman.
+They're different from us in their ideas of good form, that's all.
+Good form is largely a matter of geography--like most other
+manners and customs."
+
+"I believe in him, anyway."
+
+"So do I, Mary. I don't think he would ever have put himself to
+such extraordinary trouble if he hadn't felt pretty hopeful."
+
+But Sir Walter doubted.
+
+"He's old and his mind plays him tricks sometimes. No doubt he's
+immensely clever; but his cleverness belongs to the past. He has
+not moved with the times any more than I have."
+
+"His eye flashes still, and you know he has claws, but, like a dear
+old Persian cat, he would never dream of using them."
+
+"I think he would," answered her cousin. "He might spring on
+anybody--from behind."
+
+"He is, at any rate, too old to understand democracy."
+
+"He understands it only too well," replied Sir Walter. "Like
+myself, he knows that democracy is only autocracy turned inside
+out. Human nature isn't constructed to bear any such ideal. It
+might suit sheep and oxen--not men."
+
+"He is an aristocrat, a survival, proud as a peacock under his
+humility, as kind-hearted as you are yourself, father."
+
+"I rather doubt his kindness of heart," said Henry. "Latins are
+not kind. But I don't doubt his cleverness. One must be on one's
+guard against first impressions, Mary."
+
+"No, no one mustn't, when they're so pleasant. There is nothing
+small or peddling about him. It was angelic of such an old man to
+take so much trouble."
+
+Henry Lennox reminded them of practical considerations.
+
+"The first thing is to get the room opened for him. He is going
+to see Uncle Walter at eleven o'clock, and he'll want to visit
+the Grey Room afterwards. If we get Chubb and a man or two from
+the village the first thing in the morning, they can help Caunter
+to open the room and have it ready for him after lunch."
+
+Sir Walter rang and directed that workmen should be sent for at
+the earliest hour next day.
+
+"I feel doubtful as to what the authorities would say, however,"
+he told Henry, when his orders had been taken.
+
+"What can they say, but be well pleased if the infernal thing is
+cleared up?"
+
+"It is too good to be true."
+
+"So I should think, but I share Mary's optimism. I honestly
+believe that Signor Mannetti knows a great deal more about the Grey
+Room than he has let us imagine."
+
+"How can he possibly do that?" asked his uncle.
+
+"Time will show; but I'm going to back him." At eleven o'clock on
+the following morning the visitor appeared. He walked with a
+gold-headed, ebony cane and dressed in a fashion of earlier days.
+He was alert and keen; his mind had no difficulty in concentrating
+on his subject. It appeared that he had all particulars at his
+fingers' ends, and he went back into the history of the Grey Room
+as far as Sir Walter was able to take him.
+
+"We are dealing with five victims to our certain knowledge," he
+said, "for there is very little doubt that all must have suffered
+the same death and under the same circumstances."
+
+"Four victims, signor."
+
+"You forget your aged relative--the lady who came to spend
+Christmas with your father, when you were a boy, and was found
+dead on the floor. Colonel Vane, however, recollected her, because
+you had mentioned her when telling the story of Mrs. Forrester--
+Nurse Forrester."
+
+"I never associated my aged aunt with subsequent tragedies--nobody
+did."
+
+"Nevertheless, it was not old age and a good dinner that ended her
+life. She, too, perished by an assassin."
+
+"You still speak of crime."
+
+"If I am not mistaken, then 'crime' is the only word."
+
+"But, forgive me, is it imaginable that the same criminal could
+destroy three men last year and kill an old woman more than sixty
+years ago?"
+
+"Quite possible. You do not see? Then I hope to have the
+privilege of showing you presently."
+
+"It would seem, then, that the malignant thing is really undying--
+as poor May believed--a conscious being hidden there, but beyond
+our sight and knowledge?"
+
+"No, no, my friend. Let me be frank. I have no theory that
+embraces either a good or evil spirit. Believe me, there are fewer
+things in heaven and earth than are dreamed of in our philosophy.
+Man has burdened his brain with an infinite deal of rubbish of his
+own manufacture. Much of his principle and practice is built on
+myths and dreams. He is a credulous creature, and insanely
+tenacious to tradition; but I say to you, suspect tradition at
+every turn, and the more ancient the tradition, the more mistrust
+it. We harbor a great deal too much of the savage still in us--we
+still carry about far more of his mental lumber and nonsense than
+we imagine. Intellect should simplify rather than complicate, and
+those to come will look back with pity to see this generation, like
+flies, entangled in the webs of thought their rude forefathers
+spun. But the eternal verities are few; a child could count them.
+We are, however, a great deal too fond of believing what our
+ancestors believed. Alas, nobody sins more in this respect than I.
+Let us, then, throw overboard the supernatural, once and for all,
+so far as the Grey Room is concerned. No ghost haunts it; no
+succubus or succuba is hidden there, to harry the life out of good
+men and women."
+
+"It is strange that you should take almost the identical line of
+thought that poor Peter Hardcastle took. I hope to God you are
+right!"
+
+"So far I am most certainly in the right. We can leave the other
+world out of our calculations."
+
+He asked various questions, many of which did not appear to bear
+on the subject, but he made no suggestions as yet, and advanced
+no theories. He suspected that Peter Hardcastle might have
+arrived at a conclusion had not death cut short his inquiry.
+From time to time he lifted his hand gently for silence, and
+permitted a reply to penetrate his mind.
+
+"I think very slowly about new things now," he said. "An idea must
+sink in gradually and find its place. That is the worst of new
+ideas. There is so little room for them when you are eighty. The
+old and settled opinions fill the space, and are jealous and resent
+newcomers."
+
+Sir Walter explained to him presently that the room was being
+opened, and would be ready after luncheon. Whereupon he expressed
+concern for the workers.
+
+"Let them have a care," he said, "for, if I am right, the danger is
+still present. Let them work with despatch, and not loiter about."
+
+"No harm has ever undertaken more than one, when in the room alone.
+The detectives saw and felt nothing."
+
+"Nevertheless, the assassin was quite equal to smudging out the
+detectives, believe me, Sir Walter."
+
+The day was fine, and Signor Mannetti expressed a wish to take the
+air. They walked on the terrace presently, and Mary joined them.
+He asked for her arm, and she gave it.
+
+Prince padded beside her, and the visitor declared interest in him.
+
+"Like myself, your dog is on the verge of better things," he said.
+"He will do good deeds in the happy hunting grounds, be sure."
+
+They told him the feats of Prince, and he appeared to be interested.
+
+"Nevertheless, the faithful creature ought to die now. He is blind
+and paralysis is crippling his hinder parts."
+
+Sir Walter patted the head of his ancient favorite.
+
+"He dies on Friday," he said. "The vet will come then. I assure
+you the thought gives me very genuine pain."
+
+"He has earned euthanasia, surely. What is that fine tree with
+great white flowers? I have seen the like before, but am sadly
+ignorant of horticulture."
+
+"A tulip-tree," said Mary. "It's supposed to be the finest in
+Devonshire."
+
+"A beautiful object. But all is beautiful here. An English spring
+can be divine. I shall ask you to drive me to primroses presently.
+Those are azaleas--that bank of living fire--superb!"
+
+He praised the scene, and spoke about the formal gardens of Italy.
+
+Then, when luncheon was finished and he had smoked a couple of
+cigarettes, Signor Mannetti rose, bowed to Sir Walter, and said:
+
+"Now, if you please."
+
+They accompanied and watched him silently, while his eyes wandered
+round the Grey Room.
+
+The place was unchanged, and the dancing cherubs on the great
+chairs seemed to welcome daylight after their long darkness.
+
+The visitor wandered slowly from end to end of the chamber, nodded
+to himself, and became animated. Then he checked his gathering
+excitement, and presently spoke.
+
+"I think I am going to help you, Sir Walter," he said.
+
+"That is great and good news, signor."
+
+Then the old man became inconsequent, and turned from the room to
+the contents. If, indeed, he had found a clue, he appeared in no
+haste to pursue it. He entered now upon a disquisition concerning
+the furniture, and they listened patiently, for he had showed that
+any interruption troubled him. But it seemed that he enjoyed
+putting a strain upon their impatience.
+
+"Beautiful pieces," he said, "but not Spanish, as you led me to
+suppose. Spanish chestnut wood, but nothing else Spanish about
+them. They are of the Italian Renaissance, and it is most seemly
+that Italian craftsmanship of such high order should repose here,
+under an Italian ceiling. Strange to say, my sleeping apartment
+at Rome closely resembles this room. I live in a villa that dates
+from the fifteenth century, and belonged to the Colonna. My chests
+are more superb than these; but your suite--the bed and chairs--I
+confess are better than mine. There is, however, a reason for that.
+Let us examine them for the sake of Mrs. May. Are these carved
+chairs, with their reliefs of dancing putti, familiar to her--the
+figures, I mean?"
+
+Mary shook her head.
+
+"Then it is certain that in your Italian wanderings you did not go
+to Prato. These groups of children dancing and blowing horns are
+very cleverly copied from Donatello's famous pulpit in the duomo.
+The design is carried on from the chairs to the footboard of the
+bed; but in their midst upon the footboard is let in this oval,
+easel-picture, painted on wood. It is faded, and the garlands have
+withered in so many hundred years, as well they might; but I can
+feel the dead color quite well, and I also know who painted it."
+
+"Is it possible, signor--this faint ghost of a picture?"
+
+"There exists no doubt at all. You see a little Pinturicchio.
+Note the gay bands of variegated patterns, the arabesques and
+fruits. Their hues have vanished, but their forms and certain
+mannerisms of the master are unmistakable. These dainty
+decorations were the sign manual of such quattrocento painters as
+Gozzoli and Pinturicchio; and to these men he, for whom these
+works of art were created, assigned the painting and adornment of
+the Vatican. We will come to him directly. It was for
+Michelangelo to make the creations of these artists mere colored
+bubbles and froth, when seen against the immensity and intellectual
+grandeur of his future masterpieces in the Sistine. But that was
+afterwards. We are concerned with the Pope for whom these chairs
+and this bed were made. Yes, a Pope, my friends--no less a
+personage than Alexander VI.!"
+
+He waited, like a skilled actor, for the tremendous sensation he
+expected and deserved. But it did not come. Unhappily for Signor
+Mannetti's great moment, his words conveyed no particular
+impression to anybody.
+
+Sir Walter asked politely:
+
+"And was he a good, or a bad Pope? I fear many of those gentlemen
+had little to their credit."
+
+But the signor felt the failure of his great climax. At first he
+regretted it, and a wave of annoyance, even contempt, passed unseen
+through his mind; then he was glad that the secret should be hidden
+for another four-and-twenty hours, to gain immensely in dramatic
+sensation by delay. Already he was planning the future, and
+designing wonderful histrionics. He could not be positive that he
+was right; though now the old man felt very little doubt.
+
+He did not answer Sir Walter's question, but asked one himself.
+
+"The detectives examined this apartment with meticulous care, you
+say?"
+
+"They did indeed."
+
+"And yet what can care and zeal do; what can the most conscientious
+student achieve if his activities are confounded by ignorance? The
+amazing thing to me is that nobody should have had the necessary
+information to lead them at least in the right direction. And yet
+I run on too fast. After all, who shall be blamed, for it is, of
+course, the Grey Room and nothing but the Grey Room we are concerned
+with. Am I right? The Grey Room has the evil fame?"
+
+"Certainly it has."
+
+"And yet a little knowledge of a few peculiar facts--a pinch of
+history--yet, once again, who shall be blamed? Who can be fairly
+asked to possess that pinch of history which means so much in this
+room?"
+
+"How could history have helped us, signor?" asked Henry Lennox.
+
+"I shall tell you. But history is always helpful. There is
+history everywhere around us--not only here, but in every other
+department of this noble house. Take these chairs. By the accident
+of training, I read in them a whole chapter of the beginnings of
+the Renaissance; to you they are only old furniture. You thought
+them Spanish because they were bought in Spain--at Valencia, as
+a matter of fact. You did not know that, Sir Walter; but your
+grandfather purchased them there--to the despair and envy of
+another collector. Yes, these chairs have speaking faces to me,
+just as the ceiling over them has a speaking face also. It, too,
+is copied. History, in fact, breathes its very essence in this
+home. If I knew more history than I do, then other beautiful
+things would talk to me as freely as these chairs--and as freely
+as the trophies of the chase and the tiger skins below no doubt
+talk to Sir Walter. But are we not all historical--men, women,
+even children? To exist is to take your place in history, though,
+as in my case, the fact will not be recorded save in the 'Chronicles'
+of the everlasting. Yes, I am ancient history now, and go far back,
+before Italy was a united kingdom. Much entertaining information
+will be lost for ever when I die. Believe me, while the new
+generation is crying forth the new knowledge and glorying in its
+genius, we of the old guard are sinking into our graves and
+taking the old knowledge with us. Yet they only rediscover for
+themselves what we know. Human life is the snake with its tail
+in its mouth--Nietzsche's eternal recurrence and the commonplaces
+of our forefathers are echoed on the lips of our children as
+great discoveries."
+
+Henry Lennox ventured to bring him back to the point.
+
+"What knowledge--what particular branch of information should a
+man possess, signor, to find out what you have found?"
+
+"Merely an adornment, my young friend, a side branch of withered
+learning, not cultivated, I fear, by your Scotland Yard. Yet I
+have known country gentlemen to be skilled in it. The practice of
+heraldry. I marked your arms on your Italian gates. I must look
+at those gates again--they are not very good, I fear. But the
+arms--a chevron between three lions--a fine coat, yet probably
+not so ancient as the gates."
+
+"It was such a thing as bothered me in Florence," said Sir Walter.
+"I'd seen it before somewhere, but where I know not--a bull's
+head of gold on a red field."
+
+Signor Mannetti started and laughed.
+
+"Ha-ha! We will come to the golden bull presently, Sir Walter.
+You shall meet him, I promise you!"
+
+Then he broke off and patted his forehead.
+
+"But I go too quickly--far too quickly indeed. I must rest my poor
+brain now, or it will rattle in my head like a dry walnut. When
+it begins to rattle, I know that I have done enough for the present.
+May I walk in the garden again--not alone, but with your
+companionship?"
+
+"Of course, unless you would like to retire and rest for a while."
+
+"Presently I shall do so. And please permit nobody to enter the
+Grey Room but myself. Not a soul must go or come without me."
+
+Sir Walter spoke.
+
+"You still believe the peril is material then--an active, physical
+thing, controlled by a conscious human intelligence?"
+
+"If I am right, it certainly is active enough."
+
+They went into the garden, and Signor Mannetti, finding a snug seat
+in the sun, decided to stop there. Henry and his uncle exchanged
+glances, and the latter found his faith weakening, for the Italian's
+mind appeared to wander. He became more and more irrelevant, as it
+seemed. He spoke again of the old dog who was at his master's feet.
+
+"Euthanasia for the aged. Why not? For that matter, I have
+considered it for myself in dark moments. Have you ever wondered
+why we destroy our pets, for love of them, yet suffer our fellow
+creatures to exist and endure to the very dregs Nature's most
+fiendish methods of dissolution? Again one of those terrible
+problems where mercy and religion cannot see eye to eye."
+
+They uttered appropriate sentiments, and again the old man changed
+the subject and broke new ground.
+
+"There was a prince--not your old dog--but a royal lad of the
+East--Prince Djem, the brother of the Sultan Bajazet. Do you know
+that story? Possibly not--it is unimportant enough, and to this
+day the sequel of the incident is buried in a mystery as profound
+as that of the Grey Room. Our later historians whitewash
+Alexander VI. concerning the matter of Prince Djem; but then it is
+so much the habit of later historians to whitewash everybody. A
+noble quality in human nature perhaps--to try and see the best,
+even while one can only do so by ignoring the worst. Certainly,
+as your poet says, 'Distance makes the heart grow fonder'; or, at
+any rate, softer. There is a tendency to side with the angels
+where we are dealing with historic dead. Nero, Caligula, Calvin,
+Alva, Napoleon, Torquemada--all these monsters and portents, and
+a thousand such blood-bespattered figures are growing whiter as
+they grow fainter. They will have wings and haloes presently. Yet
+not for me. I am a good hater, my friends. But Prince Djem--I
+wander so. You should be more severe with me and keep me to my
+point. Sultan Bajazet wanted his younger brother out of the way,
+and he paid the Papacy forty thousand ducats a year to keep the
+young fellow a prisoner in Italy. It was a gilded captivty and
+doubtless the dissolute Oriental enjoyed himself quite as well at
+Rome as he would have done in Constantinople. But after Alexander
+had achieved the triple tiara, Bajazet refused to pay his forty
+thousand ducats any longer. The Pope, therefore, wrote strongly
+to the Sultan, telling him that the King of France designed to
+seize Prince Djem and go to war on his account against the Turks.
+This does not weary you?"
+
+"No, indeed," declared Mary.
+
+"Alexander added, that to enable him to resist the French and spare
+Bajazet's realms the threatened invasion, a sum of forty thousand
+ducats must be immediately forthcoming. The Sultan, doubtless
+appalled by such a threat, despatched the money with a private
+letter. He was as great a diplomat as the Pope himself, and saw
+a way to evade this gigantic annual impost by compounding on the
+death of Djem. Unfortunately for him, however, both the papal envoy
+and Bajazet's own messenger were captured upon their return journey
+by the brother of Cardinal della Rovere--Alexander's bitterest
+enemy. Thus the contents of the secret letter became known, and
+the Christian world heard with horror how Bajazet had offered the
+occupant of St. Peter's throne three hundred thousand ducats to
+assassinate Prince Djem!
+
+"Time passed, and the Pope triumphed over his enemies. He prepared
+to abandon the person of the young Turk to Charles of France, and
+effectively checkmated the formidable Rovere for a season. But
+then, as we know, Prince Djem suddenly perished, and while latest
+writers declare that he actually reached France, only to die
+there, ruined by his own debaucheries, I, for one, have not
+accepted that story. He never reached France, my friends, for be
+sure Alexander VI. was not the man to let any human life stand
+between his treasury and three hundred thousand ducats."
+
+Signor Mannetti preserved silence for a time, then he returned in
+very surprising fashion to the subject that had brought him to
+Chadlands. He had been reflecting and now proceeded with his
+thoughts aloud.
+
+"You must, however, restrain your natural impatience a little
+longer, until another night has passed. I will, if you please,
+myself spend some hours in the Grey Room after dark, and learn
+what the medieval spirits have to tell me. Shall I see the
+wraith of Prince Djem, think you? Or the ghost of Pinturicchio
+hovering round his little picture? Or those bygone, cunning
+workers in plaster who built the ceiling? They will at least talk
+the language of Tuscany, and I shall be at home among them."
+
+Sir Walter protested.
+
+"That, indeed, is the last thing I could permit, signor," he said.
+
+"That is the first thing that must happen, nevertheless," replied
+the old gentleman calmly. "You need not fear for me, Sir Walter.
+I jest about the spirits. There are no spirits in the Grey Room,
+or, if there are, they are not such as can quarrel with you, or
+me. There is, however, something much worse than any spirit
+lurking in the heart of your house--a potent, sleepless, fiendish
+thing; and far from wondering at all that has happened, I only
+marvel that worse did not befall. But I have the magic talisman,
+the 'open sesame.' I am safe enough even if I am mistaken. Though
+my fires are burning low, it will take more than your Grey Room
+to extinguish them. I hold the clue of the labyrinth, and shall
+pass safely in and out again. To-morrow I can tell you if I am
+right."
+
+"I confess that any such plan is most disagreeable to me. I have
+been specially directed by the authorities to allow no man to make
+further experiments alone."
+
+Vergilio Mannetti showed a trace of testiness. "Forgive me, but
+your mind moves without its usual agility, my friend. Have I not
+told you everything? What matters Scotland Yard, seeing that it
+is entirely in the dark, while I have the light? Let them hear
+that they are bats and owls, and that one old man has outwitted
+the pack of them!"
+
+"You have, as you say, told us much, my dear signor, and much that
+you have said is deeply interesting. In your mind it may be that
+these various facts are related, and bring you to some sort of
+conclusion bearing on the Grey Room; but for us it is not so.
+These statements leave us where they find us; they hang on nothing,
+not even upon one another in our ears. I speak plainly, since
+this is a matter for plain speaking. It is natural that you should
+not feel as we feel; but I need not remind you that what to you is
+merely an extraordinary mystery, to us is much more. You have
+imagination, however, far more than I have, and can guess, without
+being told, the awful suffering the past has brought to my daughter
+and myself."
+
+"Our slow English brains cannot flash our thoughts along so quickly
+as yours, signor," said Mary. "It is stupid of us, but--"
+
+"I stand corrected," answered the other instantly. He rose from
+his seat, and bowed to them with his hand on his heart.
+
+"I am a withered old fool, and not quick at all. Forgive me. But
+thus it stands. Since you did not guess, through pardonable
+ignorance of a certain fact, then, for the pleasure of absolute
+proof, I withhold my discovery a little longer. There is drama
+here, but we must be skilled dramatists and not spoil our climax,
+or anticipate it. To-morrow it shall be--perhaps even to-night.
+You are not going to be kept long in suspense. Nor will I go alone
+and disobey Scotland Yard. Your aged pet--this spaniel dog--shall
+join me. Good Prince and I will retire early and, if you so desire
+it, we shall be very willing to welcome you in the Grey Room--say
+some six or seven hours later. I do not sleep there, but merely
+sustain a vigil, as all the others did. But it will be briefer
+than theirs. You will oblige me?"
+
+Mary spoke, seeing the pain on her father's face. She felt certain
+that the old man knew perfectly what he was talking about. She had
+spoken aside to Henry, and he agreed with her. Mannetti had solved
+the mystery; he had even enabled them to solve it; but now, perhaps
+to punish them for their stupidity, he was deliberately withholding
+the key, half from love of effect, half in a spirit of mischief.
+He was planning something theatrical. He saw himself at the centre
+of the stage in this tragic drama, and it was not unnatural that
+he should desire to figure there effectively after taking so much
+trouble. Thus, while Sir Walter still opposed, he was surprised to
+hear Mary plead on the visitor's behalf, and his nephew support her.
+
+"Signor Mannetti is quite right, father; I am positive of it," she
+said. "He is right; and because he is right, he is safe."
+
+"Admirably put!" cried the Italian. "There you have the situation
+in a nutshell, my friends. Trust a clever woman's intuition. I
+am indeed right. Never was consciousness of right so impressed
+upon my mind--prone as I am always to doubt my own conclusions.
+I am, in fact, right because I cannot be wrong. Trust me. My own
+safety is absolutely assured, for we are concerned with the
+operations of men like ourselves--at least, I hope very different
+from ourselves, but men, nevertheless. It was your fate to revive
+this horror; it shall be my privilege to banish it out of the earth.
+At a breath the cunning of the ungodly shall be brought to nought.
+And not before it is time. But the mills of God grind slowly. Our
+achievement will certainly resound to the corners of the civilized
+world."
+
+"I'm as positive as the signor himself that he is safe, uncle,"
+said Henry Lennox.
+
+"Let us go to tea," replied Sir Walter. "These things are far too
+deep for a plain man. I only ask you to consider all this must
+mean to me who am the master of Chadlands and responsible to the
+authorities. Reflect if ill overtook you."
+
+"It is impossible that it can."
+
+"So others believed. And where are they? Further trouble would
+unhinge my mind, signor."
+
+"You have endured enough to make you speak so strongly, and your
+brave girl also. But fear nothing whatever. I am far too deeply
+concerned and committed on your behalf to add a drop to the
+bitter drink of the past, my dear Sir Walter. I am as safe in that
+room as I should be at the altar steps of St. Peter's. Trust old
+Prince, if you cannot trust me. I rely largely on your blind pet
+to aid me. He has good work to do yet, faithful fellow."
+
+"The detectives took animals into the room, but they were not
+hurt," said Lennox.
+
+"Neither shall the dog be hurt."
+
+He patted the sleeping spaniel, and they rose and went into the
+house together.
+
+Mannetti evidently assumed that his wishes were to be granted.
+
+"I will go and sleep awhile," he said. "Until an early dinner,
+excuse me, and let Mrs. May and Mr. Lennox convince you, as they
+are themselves convinced. These events have immensely excited
+my vitality. I little guessed that, at the end of my days, a
+sensation so remarkable lay in store for me. I must conserve my
+strength for to-night. I am well--very well--and supported by
+the consciousness of coming triumph. Such an achievement would
+have rewarded my long journey and these exertions, even had not
+your acquaintance been ample reward already. I will, then, sleep
+until dinner-time, and so be replenished to play my part in a
+wonderful though melancholy romance. Let us dine at seven, if
+you please."
+
+His excitement and natural levity strove with the gloomy facts.
+He resembled a mourner at a funeral who experiences pleasant rather
+than painful emotions but continually reminds himself to behave in
+a manner appropriate to the occasion.
+
+They sent for his man, and, on Stephano's arm, the old gentleman
+withdrew.
+
+He returned for a moment, however, and spoke again.
+
+"You will do exactly as I wish and allow no human being to enter
+the Grey Room. Keep the key in your pocket, Sir Walter; and do not
+go there yourself either. It is still a trap of death for
+everybody else in the world but myself."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+THE GOLDEN BULL
+
+
+When Masters came to clear the tea, he found Sir Walter still
+unconvinced.
+
+"What do you think of Signor Mannetti, Masters?" asked Henry; and
+the butler, who was a great reader of the newspapers, made answer.
+
+"I think he's a bit of a freak, Mr. Henry. They tell me that old
+people can have a slice of monkey slipped into 'em nowadays--to
+keep 'em going and make 'em young and lively again. Well, I should
+say the gentleman had a whole monkey popped in somewhere. I never
+see such another. He's got a tongue like a rat-trap, and he leaves
+you guessing every time. He's amazing clever; so's his man. That
+Stephano knows a thing or two! He's got round Jane Bond something
+disgraceful. I never knew what was in Jane--and her five and
+fifty if she's an hour."
+
+"Would he be safe in the Grey Room?" said Sir Walter.
+
+"He'd be safe anywhere. The question in my mind is whether our
+silver's safe; and a few other things. I catched him poking about
+in the silver table only this morning. He knows what's what. He
+knows everything. I wouldn't say he ain't one of the swell mob
+myself--made up to look like an old man. I'll swear he's never
+seen eighty years for all he pretends."
+
+Henry laughed.
+
+"Don't you be frightened of him, Masters; he's all right."
+
+"Let him go in the Grey Room by all means, Mr. Henry. He knows
+he's safe anywhere. Yes, Sir Walter, he knows he's safe enough.
+He's got the measure of it."
+
+"Prince is to go with him, Masters."
+
+"Prince! Why, ma'am?"
+
+"We don't know. He wishes it. He can't hurt poor old Prince
+anyway."
+
+"Well, I sha'n't sleep no worse; and I hope none of you won't, if
+you'll excuse me. Come what will, there's nothing in the Grey
+Room will catch that man napping. Not that I'm against the
+gentleman in general, you understand. Only I wouldn't trust him a
+foot. He's play-acting, and he's no more a foreigner than I am--
+else he couldn't talk so fine English as I do, if not finer."
+
+"Masters is on our side, father," said Mary. "And he's right.
+The signor is play-acting. He loves to be in the centre of the
+stage. All old people do, and one of the pathetic things in life
+is that they're seldom allowed to be. So he's making the most of
+his opportunity."
+
+"And if you refuse, Uncle Walter, he'll only go away and say he
+cannot help you, and accuse us of giving him all this trouble for
+nothing," added Henry Lennox.
+
+They had their wish at last, and when Signor Mannetti came down
+to an early dinner in splendid spirits, Sir Walter conceded his
+desire.
+
+"Good, my friend! And do not fear that a night of anxiety awaits
+you. Indeed, if I am not mistaken, it will be possible for us all
+to sleep very soundly, though we may go to bed rather late. But
+I think we must be prepared not to retire till after two o'clock.
+I will enter upon my watch at eight--in half an hour. The door
+shall be left open, as you wish. But I beg that none will
+approach the east end of the corridor. That is only fair. I will,
+however, permit Mr. Lennox to station himself on the top of the
+great staircase, and from time to time he may challenge me. He
+shall say 'Is all well?' and be sure I shall answer 'All is well.'
+Could anything be more satisfactory?"
+
+Signor Mannetti ate sparingly, then he donned a big, fur,
+motor-coat and declared himself ready. They thought he had
+forgotten Prince, but he insisted upon the company of the ancient
+spaniel. The dog had fed, and he could sleep as well in one place
+as another.
+
+"Fear not," said the Italian. "I shall be considerate to your
+ancient pet. I do not beg his aid without reason. He is on my
+side and will help me if he can--infirm though he be. I have
+made friends with him. Set him at my feet. I will sit here under
+the electric light and read my Italian papers."
+
+Thus once again a solitary occupied the Grey Room and measured his
+intelligence against the terrible forces therein concealed. Signor
+Mannetti took leave of them cheerfully at eight o'clock, and while
+Sir Walter and Mary descended to the library, Henry took up his
+station at the head of the staircase. The corridor was lighted
+and the door of the Grey Room left open.
+
+But in ten minutes the watcher looked out and cried to Lennox, who
+sat smoking about thirty-five yards from him.
+
+"There is a great draught here," he said. "I will close the door,
+but leave it ajar that we may salute each other from time to time."
+
+The hours crept on and since everybody at Chadlands knew what was
+happening, few retired to rest. It was understood that some time
+after midnight Signor Mannetti hoped to declare the result of his
+experiment.
+
+Henry Lennox challenged half-hourly, always receiving a brisk reply.
+But a little after half-past one his "All well, signor?" received
+no response. He raised his voice, but still no answer came. He
+went to the door, therefore, and looked into the Grey Room. The
+watcher had slipped down in the armchair they had set for him under
+the electric light, and was lying motionless, but in an easy
+position. He still wore his fur-coat. Prince Henry did not see.
+The room was silent and cold. The electric light burned brightly,
+and both windows were open. Young Lennox hastened downstairs.
+His thoughts concentrated on his uncle, and his desire was to spare
+him any needless shock. For a moment he believed that Signor
+Mannetti had succumbed in the Grey Room, as others before him, but
+he could not be certain. A bare half-hour had elapsed since the
+watcher had uttered a cheerful answer to the last summons, and told
+them his vigil was nearly ended. Lennox sought Masters, therefore,
+told him that the worst was to be feared, yet explained that the
+old man who had watched in the Grey Room might not be dead but
+sunk in sleep.
+
+Masters was sanguine that it might be so.
+
+"Be sure he is so. I'll fetch the liqueur brandy," and, armed with
+his panacea, he followed Henry upstairs. Signor Mannetti had not
+moved, but as they approached him, to their infinite relief he did
+so, opened his eyes, stared wildly about him, and then realized
+the situation.
+
+"Alas! Now I have frightened you out of your senses," he said,
+looking at their anxious faces. "All is well. In less than
+another hour I should have summoned Sir Walter. But just that
+last half-hour overcame me, and I sank into sleep. What is the
+time?"
+
+"A quarter to two, signor."
+
+"Good! Then let your uncle be summoned. I have found out the
+secret."
+
+"A thimbleful of old cognac, signor?" asked Masters.
+
+"Willingly, my friend, willingly. I see how wise you both were.
+I approve and thank you. You thought that I had followed the
+others into the shades, yet meant to restore me if you could
+without frightening Sir Walter. To go to sleep was unpardonable."
+
+Abraham Masters and Henry descended with the good news, while the
+old man drank.
+
+"I shall detain you half an hour or so," he said, when they all
+returned to him. "But I have no fear that anybody will want to
+fall asleep."
+
+Sir Walter spoke.
+
+"Thank Heaven, signor, thank Heaven! All is well with you?"
+
+"All is absolutely well with me, but then I have slept refreshingly
+for some time. You, I fear, have not closed your eyes."
+
+"Would you have any objection to Masters hearing what you may have
+to tell us? By so doing a true and ungarbled report will get out
+to Chadlands."
+
+"My report will go out to the whole world, Sir Walter. All is
+accomplished and established on certain proofs. Your good spaniel
+has played his part also. I salute him--the old Prince."
+
+Henry now observed that the dog was stretched on the floor at
+Signor Mannetti's feet.
+
+"Still asleep?"
+
+Mary knelt to pat the spaniel and started back.
+
+"How horribly cold he is!"
+
+"For ever asleep--a martyr to science. He was to die on Friday,
+remember. He has received euthanasia a little sooner, and nothing
+in his life has become him like the leaving of it. The last victim
+of the Grey Room. Mourn him not, he passed without a pang--as
+did his betters."
+
+"But, but--you spoke of crime and criminals!" gasped Sir Walter.
+
+"And truly. Great crimes have been committed in this room and
+great criminals committed them. Is a crime any less a crime
+because the doers have mouldered in their dishonored graves for
+nearly five hundred years?"
+
+"Your handling of speech is not ours, and you use words differently.
+The old dog did not suffer, you say? How did he come to die--in
+his sleep?"
+
+"Even so. Without a sigh, the last venerable victim of this
+murdering shadow."
+
+"You saw him die, and yet were safe yourself, sir?" asked Lennox.
+
+"That is what happened. Now sit down all of you, father Abraham
+also, and in five minutes all will be as clear as day."
+
+They obeyed him silently.
+
+"Yes, a master criminal, one whose name has rung down the ages and
+will from to-morrow win a further resonance. Would that we could
+bring him to account; but he has already gone to it, if justice
+lies at the root of things, as all men pray, and you and I believe,
+Sir Walter. An interesting reflection: How many suffer, if they
+do not actually perish, from the sins of the dead? Not only the
+sins of our father are visited upon us, but, if we could trace the
+infliction, the crimes of countless dead men accomplished long
+before we were born into this suffering world. I speak in a
+parable, but this is literal, actual. Dead men committed these
+murders, and left this legacy of woe."
+
+Signor Mannetti stroked the lifeless spaniel.
+
+"When we were left alone I picked him up and set him on the bed.
+He did not waken, and I knew that he would never waken again. Now
+let us look at this noble bed, if you please. Here is the link,
+you see, without which so much that I told you yesterday must have
+sounded no more than the idle chatter of an old man. Come and use
+your eyes. Ah, if only people had used their eyes sooner!"
+
+They followed him, and he pointed to a framework of carved wood
+that connected the four posts.
+
+"What is this on the frieze running above the capitals of the
+little Ionic pillars?"
+
+"The papal crown and keys," said Mary.
+
+"Good! Now regard the other side."
+
+"A coat of arms--a golden bull on a red ground--why, father,
+that was what puzzled you at Florence!"
+
+"Surely it was. The thing stuck in my memory, yet I could not
+remember where I had seen it before."
+
+Signor Mannetti prepared for his effect, then made it.
+
+"The arms of the Borgia! The arms of the Spanish Pope,
+Alexander VI. of unholy memory. So all is told, and we will soon
+go to bed. Having marked them this morning, you will see how
+readily I was led into the heart of the secret. It only needed
+some such certain sign. And everything that had happened was
+consonant with this explanation. The first to suffer puzzled me;
+but I solved that problem, too. You shall hear how each woman and
+each man was slain. Look at this mattress upholstered in satin--
+there lies the unsleeping thing that brings sleep so quickly
+to others! I guessed it this morning; I proved it to-night. At
+seventeen minutes past eight Prince was dead; but not until I awoke,
+near two o'clock, did I dare approach him. For how did he die?
+The moment the heat of his ancient body penetrated the mattress
+under him, it released its awful venom. He stretched himself,
+curled up again, and, as the exhalation rose, with scarcely a
+tremor he passed from sleep into death. Needless to tell you
+that I kept far from him, for I guessed that not until the poor
+fellow was cold would the demon in the mattress sink down and
+disappear, as the effret into his bottle. Then mattress and dog
+were alike harmless, as they are now. I gave him only five hours,
+for he was a small, thin beast, and the heat soon left his body."
+
+"But, signor--"
+
+"I shall anticipate all your objections if you will listen a little
+longer, dear Mrs. May. Let us sit again, and question me after
+I have spoken, if any doubts remain unanswered. Another liqueur,
+Masters."
+
+He sipped, and preserved silence for a few moments, while none
+spoke. Then from his armchair he traversed the story of the Grey
+Room, and proved amazingly familiar with the smallest detail of it.
+Indeed, when at last he had finished, none could find any questions
+to ask. "There are two very interesting preliminary facts to note,
+my friends," began the signor. He beamed upon them, and enjoyed
+his own exposition with unconcealed gusto. "The first is that a
+room, already suffering from sinister traditions, and held to be
+haunted, should have been precisely that into which this infernal
+engine of destruction was introduced. Yet what more natural? You
+have the furniture, and, for the time being, do not know what to
+do with it. The house is already full of beautiful things, and
+these surplus treasures you store here, to be safe and out of the
+way, in a room which is not put to its proper use. You are not
+collectors or experts. Sir Walter's father did not share his
+father's enthusiasm, neither did Sir Walter care for old furniture.
+So the pieces take their place in this room, and are, more or less,
+forgotten.
+
+"That is the first interesting fact, and the second seems to me to
+be this: that those who perished here in living memory all died at
+different places in the room, and so died that their deaths could
+not be immediately and undeviatingly traced to the bed. Hardcastle,
+for example, as you have related his conversation, did not associate
+the death of poor Captain May with that of the lady of the hospital
+eleven years before; and Sir Walter himself saw no reason to connect
+the still earlier death of his aged aunt, which took place when he
+was a boy, with the disaster that followed.
+
+"Let us now examine for a moment the amazing fact that none of the
+stigmata of death was found in those who perished here.
+
+"Death has three modes--the pale horseman strikes us down by
+asphyxia, by coma, and by syncope. In asphyxia he stabs the lungs;
+in coma his lance is aimed at the brain; in syncope, at the heart.
+
+"When a man dies by asphyxia, it means that the action of the
+muscles by which he breathes is stopped, or the work of his lungs
+prevented by injury, or the free passage of air arrested, as in
+drowning, or strangulation. It may also mean that embolism has
+taken place, and the pulmonary artery is blocked, withholding
+blood from the lungs. But it was not thus that any died in this
+chamber.
+
+"Coma occurs through an apoplexy, or concussion; by the use of
+certain narcotic or mineral poisons; and in various other ways,
+all of which are ruled out for us.
+
+"There remains syncope. A heart ceases to beat from haemorrhage,
+or starvation, from exhaustion, or the depressing influence of
+certain drugs. They who died here died from syncope; but why?
+No autopsy can tell us why. They passed with only their Maker
+to sustain them, and none leaves behind an explanation of what
+overtook him, or her. Yet we know full well, even in the case of
+Peter Hardcastle, concerning whom the police felt doubt, that he
+was quite dead before Mr. Lennox discovered him and picked him up.
+We know that the phenomena of rigor mortis had already set in
+before his body reached London.
+
+"Nothing, however, is new under the sun. Many journals related
+the fact that these people had passed away without a cause, as
+though it were an event without a parallel. It is not. Your Dr.
+Templeman, in 1893, describes two examples of sudden death with
+absolute absence of any pathological condition in any part of the
+bodies to account for it. He describes the case of a man of
+forty-three, and calls it 'emotional inhibition of the heart.'
+The heart was arrested in diastole, instead of systole, as is
+usually the case; the mode of death was syncope; the cause of death,
+undiscoverable.
+
+"A layman may be permitted, I suppose, to describe 'emotional
+inhibition of the heart' as 'shock'; but we know, in our cases,
+that if a shock, it was not a painful one--perhaps not even an
+unpleasant one. Since all other emotions can be pleasant or
+unpleasant, why must we assume that the supreme emotion of death
+may not be pleasant also, did we know how to make it so? Perhaps
+the Borgia, among their secrets, had discovered this. At least
+the familiar signs of death were wholly absent from the
+countenances of the dead. The jaws were not set; the familiar,
+expressions were not changed, as usually happens from rigidity of
+facial muscles; their faces were not sallow; their temples were
+not sunk; their brows were not contracted.
+
+"We will now take the victims, one by one, and show how death
+happened to each of them, yet left no sign that it had happened.
+Frankly, the first case alone presented any difficulties to me.
+For a time I despaired of proving how the bed had destroyed Sir
+Walter's ancestor, because she had not entered it. But the
+difficulty becomes clear to one possessing our present knowledge,
+for once prove the properties of the bed, and the rest follows.
+You will say that they were not proved, only guessed. That was
+true, until Prince died. His death crowned my edifice of theory
+and converted it to fact. As to why the bed has these properties,
+that is for science to find out presently.
+
+"To return, then, to the old lady, the ancient woman of your race,
+who came unexpectedly to the Christmas re-union and was put to
+sleep in the Grey Room at her own wish. She was found dead next
+morning on the floor. She had not entered the bed. The exact
+facts have long disappeared from human knowledge, and it is only
+possible to re-construct them by inference and the support of
+those straightforward events that followed. I conceive, then,
+that though the old lady did not create the warmth that liberated
+the evil spirit of the bed and so destroyed her, that warmth was
+nevertheless artificially created. What must have happened, think
+you? The bed is made up in haste and the fire lighted. But the
+fire is a long way from the bed, and would have no effect to create
+the necessary temperature. There is, however, a hot-water bottle
+in the bed, or a hot brick wrapped in flannel. The old lady is
+about to enter her bed. She has extinguished her candle, but the
+flame of the fire gives light. She has prayed; she throws off her
+dressing-gown and flings back the covering of the bed, to fall an
+instant victim to the miasma. She drops backward and is found
+dead next morning, by which time the bottle and bed are also cold.
+
+"Taken alone, I grant this explanation may fail to win your
+sympathy; but consider the cumulative evidence in store. The old
+lady may, of course, have died a natural death. She may not have
+turned down the bed. There is nobody living to tell us. All that
+Sir Walter can recollect is that she was found on the floor of the
+room dead. Exactly where, he does not remember. But for my own
+part I have no doubt whatever that her death took place in that way.
+
+"We are on safer ground with the other tragic happenings, though,
+save in the case of Nurse Forrester, there is nothing on the
+surface of events to connect their deaths with the accursed bed.
+You will see, however, that it is very easy to do so. In the lady's
+case all is clear enough. She goes to bed tired and she sleeps
+peacefully into death without waking. She is probably asleep
+within ten minutes, before her own warmth has penetrated through
+sheet and blanket to the mattress beneath and so destroyed her.
+Suppose that she is dead in half an hour. She retired to rest at
+ten o'clock; she is called at seven; the room is presently broken
+into and she is then not only dead, but cold. The demon has gone
+to sleep again under its lifeless burden. Now had she been stout
+and well covered, there had hardly been time for her to grow cold,
+and those who came to her assistance might even have perished, too.
+But she is a little, thin thing, and the heat has gone out of her.
+This assured the safety of those who came to the bedside. One can
+make no laws as to the time necessary for a dead body to grow as
+cold as its surroundings. The bodies of the old and the young
+cool more quickly than those of adult persons. If the conditions
+are favorable a body may cool in six to eight hours. Prince took
+but five, poor little bag of bones.
+
+"In the case of Captain May the conditions are altogether different.
+Let me speak with all tenderness and spare you pain. Be sure that
+he suffered no more than the others. The bed is now no longer
+made; the mattress is bare. That matters not to him. Clad in his
+pyjamas, with a railway rug to cover him and his dressing-gown
+for a pillow, he flings himself down, and from his powerful and
+sanguine frame warmth is instantly communicated to the mattress
+that supports him. Probably but a few minutes were sufficient to
+liberate the poison. He is not asleep, but on the edge of sleep
+when he becomes suddenly conscious of physical sensations beyond
+his experience. He had breathed death, but yet he is not dead.
+His brain works, and can send a message to his limbs, which are
+still able to obey. But his hour has come. He leaps from the bed
+in no suffering, but conscious, perhaps of an oppression, or an
+unfamiliar odor--we cannot say what. We only know that he feels
+intense surprise, not pain for in that dying moment his emotions
+are fixed for ever by the muscles of his face. He needs air and
+seeks it. He hurries to the recess, kneels on the cushion, and
+throws open the window. Or the window may have been already
+open--we cannot tell. To reach it is his last conscious act, and
+in another moment he is dead. The bed is not suspected. Why
+should it be? Who could prove that he had even laid down upon it?
+Indeed it was believed and reported at the inquest that he had not
+done so. Yet that is what unquestionably happened. Otherwise his
+candle would have burned to the socket. He had blown it out and
+settled to rest, be sure.
+
+"We have now to deal with the detective, and here again there was
+nothing to associate his death with the bed of the Borgia. Yet
+you will see without my aid how easily he came by his death. Peter
+Hardcastle desires to be alone, that he may study the Grey Room
+and everything in it. He is left as he wishes, walks here and
+there, sketches a ground plan of the room and exhausts its more
+obvious peculiarities. Would that he had known the meaning of the
+golden bull! Presently he strikes a train of thought and sits down
+to develop it. Or he may not have finished with the room and have
+taken a seat from which he could survey everything around him. He
+sits at the foot of the bed--there on the right side. He makes
+his notes, then his last thoughts enter his mind--abstract
+reflection on the subject of his trade. For a moment he forgets
+the matter immediately in hand and writes his ideas in his book.
+He has been sitting on the bed now for some while--how long we
+know not, but long enough to create the heightened temperature
+which is all the watchful fiend within the mattress requires to
+summon him. Then ascends the spirit of death, and Hardcastle,
+surprised as Captain May was surprised, leaps to his feet. He
+takes two or three steps forward; his book and pen fall from his
+hand and he drops upon his face--a dead man. He is, of course,
+still warm when Mr. Lennox finds him; but the bed he leaped from
+is cold again and harmless--its work done.
+
+"There remains the priest, the Rev. Septimus May. He neither lay
+on the bed, nor sat upon it. But what did he do? He clearly
+knelt beside it a long time, engaged in prayer. Nothing more
+natural than that he should stretch his arms over the mattress;
+bury his face in his hands, and so remain in commune with the
+Almighty, uttering petition after petition for the being he
+conceived as existing in the Grey Room, without power to escape
+from it. Thus leaning upon the bed with his arms stretched upon
+it and his head perhaps sunk between them, he presently creates
+that heightened temperature sufficient to arouse the destroyer.
+It enters into him--how, we know not yet--and he sinks unconscious
+to the floor, while the bed is quickly cold again.
+
+"As to the four detectives--Inspector Frith and his men--pure
+chance saved the life of at least one of them, and by so doing,
+chance also prevented them from discovering that the bed in their
+midst was the seat of all the trouble. Had one among them taken
+up his watch upon it, he would certainly have died in the presence
+of his collaborators; but the men sat on chairs in the corners of
+the room, and the chairs were harmless. Whether their gas masks
+would indeed have saved them remains, of course, to be proved. I
+doubt it.
+
+"Such, my friends, were the masterpieces of the Borgia, for whom
+the profoundest chemists worked willingly enough and by doing so
+doubtless made their fortunes. Their poisons were so designed to
+act that, by their very operation, the secrets of them were
+concealed, and all clues obliterated. Chemistry knows nothing of
+the supernatural, yet can, as in this case, achieve results that
+may well appear to be black magic.
+
+"And if we, of this day, fail to find them out, it is easy to guess
+that in their own times, much that they caused to be done was set
+down to the operations of Heaven alone.
+
+"Science will be deeply interested in your Borgia mattress, Sir
+Walter. Science, I doubt not, will carefully unpick it and make a
+series of very remarkable experiments; yet I make bold to believe
+that science may be baffled by the cunning and forgotten knowledge
+of men long dust. We shall see as to that."
+
+He rose and bade Masters call Stephano. Then, with a few words,
+they parted, and each shook the old man's hand and expressed a deep
+and genuine gratitude before they did so.
+
+"A little remains to add," said Signor Mannetti. "You shall hear
+what it is to-morrow. For the moment, 'Good-night!' It has been
+a crowning joy to my long life that I was able to do this service
+to new and valued friends."
+
+In the servants' hall next morning Masters related what he had
+heard.
+
+"And if you ask me," he concluded, "I draw back what I thought
+about him being younger than he pretends. He's older--old as the
+hills--older than that horror in the Grey Boom. He's a demon;
+and he's killed the old dog; and I believe he's a Borge himself if
+the truth was known."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+TWO NOTES
+
+
+They walked in the garden next morning, and Sir Walter delayed to
+write to Scotland Yard until after seeing Signor Mannetti again.
+The old gentleman descended to them presently, and declared himself
+over-fatigued.
+
+"I must sit in the sun and go to sleep again after lunch," he said.
+"Stephano is annoyed with me, and hints at the doctor."
+
+"Mannering will be here to lunch. You will understand that nobody
+is more deeply interested in these things than he."
+
+"But yourself," said Mary. "Come and sit down and rest. You are
+looking very tired to-day."
+
+"A little reaction--no more. It was worth it." He then proceeded
+where he had broken off on the preceding night.
+
+"There remains only to tell you how I found myself caught up in
+your sad story. It had not occurred to you to wonder?"
+
+"I confess I had never thought of that, signor. You made us forget
+such a trifling detail."
+
+"But, none the less, you will want to know, Sir Walter. Our common
+friend, Colonel Vane, put the first thought in my head. He laid
+the train to which I set the match so well. He it was who described
+the Grey Room very exactly, and the moment that I heard of the
+ancient carved furniture, I knew that he spoke of curios concerning
+which I already had heard. The name of Lennox completed the clue,
+for that had already stirred memories in my ancient mind. I had
+listened to my father, when I was young, telling a story in which
+a bed and chairs and a gentleman named Lennox were connected. He
+spoke of an ancient Italian suite of three pieces, the work of
+craftsmen at Rome in the fifteenth century. It was papal furniture
+of the early Renaissance, well known to him as being in a Spanish
+collection--a hundred and fifty years ago that is now--and when
+these things came into the market, he rejoiced and hurried off to
+Valencia, where it was to be sold. For he was even such a man as
+your grandfather--a connoisseur and an enthusiastic collector.
+But, alas, his hopes were short-lived; he found himself in
+opposition to a deeper purse than his own, and it was Sir John
+Lennox, not my father, who secured the bed and the two chairs that
+go with it. These things, as I tell you, returned to my
+recollection, and, remembering them, I guessed myself upon the
+right track. The arms of the Borgia, and the successful experiment
+with the dog, Prince, proved that I was correct in guessing where
+the poison lay hidden."
+
+"It is impossible to express my sense of your amazing goodness, or
+my gratitude, or my admiration for your genius," declared Sir
+Walter; but the other contradicted him.
+
+"Genius is a great word to which I can lay no claim. I have done
+nothing at all that you yourself might not have done, given the
+same knowledge. As for gratitude, if indeed that is not too
+strong an expression also, you can show gratitude in a very simple
+manner, dear friend. I am a practical, old man and, to be honest,
+I very greatly covet the Borgia bed and chairs. Now, if indeed
+you feel that I am not asking too grand a favor--a favor out of
+all keeping with my good offices on your behalf--then let me
+purchase the bed and chairs, and convey them with me home to Rome.
+It is seemly that they should return to Rome, is it not? Rome
+would welcome them. I much desire to sleep in that bed--to be
+where I am so sure Prince Djem lay when he breathed his last.
+Yes, believe me, he received your bed as a gracious present from
+Alexander VI. The Borgia were generous of such gifts."
+
+"The bed and chairs are yours, my dear signor, and the rest of the
+contents of the Grey Room, also, if you esteem them in any way."
+
+"Positively I could not, Sir Walter."
+
+"Indeed you shall. It is done, and leaves me greatly your debtor
+still."
+
+"Then be it so. I thank you from the bottom of my heart. Nor
+will I say that you oppress me with such extraordinary generosity,
+for is it not more blessed to give than receive? Heavens knows
+what dark evils the bed may have committed in the course of its
+career, but its activities are at an end. For me it shall bring
+no more than honest slumber. But the mattress--no. I do not want
+the mattress. That will be a nice present for the museum of your
+Royal College of Surgeons."
+
+A week later the old man was sufficiently rested, and he returned
+home, taking his treasures with him. But he did not depart until
+he had won a promise that Sir Walter and Mary would visit him at
+Rome within the year.
+
+Experts again descended upon Chadlands, packed the source of
+tribulation with exceeding care, and conveyed it to London for
+examination. Those destined to make the inquiry were much alive
+to their perils, and took no risk.
+
+Six weeks later letters passed between England and Rome, and Sir
+Walter wrote to Signor Mannetti, sending such details as he was
+able to furnish.
+
+"A thin, supple wire was found to run between the harmless flock
+of the mattress and the satin casing," wrote Sir Walter.
+"Experiments showed that neither the stuffing nor the outer case
+contained any harmful substance. But the wire, of which fifty
+miles wound over the upper and lower surfaces of the mattress
+under its satin upholstery, proved infinitely sensitive to heat,
+and gave off, or ejected at tremendous speed, an invisible, highly
+poisonous matter even at a lower temperature than that of a normal
+human being. Insects placed upon it perished in the course of a
+few hours, and it destroyed microscopic life and fish and frogs in
+water at comparatively low temperatures, that caused the living
+organisms no inconvenience until portions of the wire were
+introduced. A cat died in eight minutes; a monkey in ten. No
+pain or discomfort marked the operation of the wire on unconscious
+creatures. They sank into death as into sudden sleep, and
+examination revealed no physical effects whatever. The wire is
+an alloy, and the constituent metals have not yet been determined;
+but it is not an amalgam, for mercury is absent. The wire contains
+thallium and helium as the spectroscope shows; but its awful
+radioactivity and deadly emanation has yet to be explained. The
+chemical experts have a startling theory. They suspect there is a
+new element here--probably destined to occupy one of the last
+unfilled places of the Periodic Table, which chronicles all the
+elements known to science. Chemical analysis fails to reach the
+radio-active properties, and for their examination the electroscope
+and spinthariscope are needful. With these the radio-chemists are
+at work. The wire melted at a lower temperature than lead, but
+melting did not destroy its potency. After cooling, the metal
+retained its properties and was still responsive, as before, to
+warmth. But experiment shows that in a molten state, the metal
+of the wire increases in effect, and any living thing brought
+within a yard of it under this condition succumbs instantly. Its
+properties cannot be extracted, so far, from the actual composition
+of the wire. They prove also that the emanation from the warmed
+wire is exceedingly subtle, tenuous, and volatile. Save under
+conditions of super-heat, it only operates at two feet and a few
+inches, and the wire naturally grows cold very quickly. It is
+almost as light as aluminium. A gas mask does not arrest the
+poison; indeed, it evidently enters a body through the nearest
+point offered to it and a safe shield has not yet been discovered.
+
+"I shall tell you more when we know more," concluded Sir Walter.
+"But at present it looks as though your prophecy were correct, and
+that science is not going to get at the bottom of the horrible
+secret easily. Dr. Mannering says that the properties of the
+elements have yet to be fully determined, while the subject of
+alloys was never suspected of containing such secrets as may prove
+to be the case. If more there is to learn, you shall learn it."
+
+In his reply, Signor Mannetti declared that the Borgia bed continued
+to be a source of extreme satisfaction and comfort to him.
+
+"As yet no vision has broken my slumbers, but I continue to hope
+that the Oriental features of Sultan Bajazet's brother may
+presently revisit the place of his taking off, and that Prince
+Djem will some night afford me the pleasure of a conversation.
+How much might we tell each other that neither of us knows!
+
+"As to the wire, my friend, I will explain to you how that was
+probably created and, right or wrong, there is nobody on this
+earth at present who can prove my theory to be mistaken. Be sure
+that a medieval alchemist, searching in vain for elixir vitae, or
+the philosopher's stone, chanced upon this infernal synthesis and
+fusion. For him, no doubt, it proved a philosopher's stone in
+earnest, for the Borgia always extended a generous hand to those
+who could assist their damnable activities. Transmutation--so a
+skilled friend assures me--is now proved to be a fact, and
+another generation will be able perhaps to make gold, if the
+desire for that accursed mineral continues much longer to dominate
+mankind.
+
+"Farewell for the present. Again to see you and your daughter is
+one of those pleasures lying in wait for me, to make next winter
+a season of gladness rather than dismay. But do not change your
+minds. One must keep faith with a man of eighty, or risk the
+possibilities of remorse."
+
+
+
+
+
+End of The Project Gutenberg Etext of The Grey Room, by Eden Phillpotts
+
diff --git a/old/gryrm10.zip b/old/gryrm10.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..312a088
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/gryrm10.zip
Binary files differ